TIDMSAN TIDM83WK

RNS Number : 2358H

Santander UK Plc

16 August 2016

Santander UK plc

16 August 2016

2016 Half Yearly Financial Report

The Company announces that a copy of the above document has been submitted to the National Storage Mechanism and will shortly be available for inspection at www.Hemscott.com/nsm.do

In fulfilment of its obligations under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, Santander UK plc hereby releases the unedited full text of its 2016 Half Yearly Financial Report. Accordingly, page references in the text refer to page numbers in the 2016 Half Yearly Financial Report.

A printer-friendly PDF version of the accounts will also be made available on the Company's website:

 
 Contacts 
                          Head of Investor 
 Bojana Flint              Relations                  020 7756 6474 
 Andy Smith               Head of Media Relations     020 7756 4212 
 For more information:    www.aboutsantander.co.uk    ir@santander.co.uk 
 

The full text of the accounts follows:

Half Yearly Financial Report 2016

Santander UK plc

PART OF THE SANTANDER GROUP

Santander UK plc

Half Yearly Financial Report 2016

 
 2      Introduction 
---    ------------------------ 
 4      Financial review 
---    ------------------------ 
 18     Risk review 
---    ------------------------ 
 57     Governance 
---    ------------------------ 
 60     Financial statements 
---    ------------------------ 
 84     Shareholder information 
---    ------------------------ 
 

This Half Yearly Financial Report contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in such forward-looking statements. See 'Forward-looking statements' in the Shareholder information section.

Introduction

The Company sets out in this report a fair review of its business and a description of its principal risks and uncertainties, including a balanced and comprehensive analysis of the development and performance of the business in the first half of the year and of its position at the end of the period.

Principal activities and business review

Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively, Santander UK or the Santander UK group) is a major financial services provider, offering a wide range of personal financial products and services, and is a growing participant in the corporate banking market. The Company is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).

Economic environment

The UK economy has entered a period of significant uncertainty. Santander UK is well prepared to serve the needs of our retail and business customers as they steer their way through the opportunities and challenges ahead.

The UK banking sector is facing some serious headwinds as the economy deals with external pressures in the short and medium term. In addition, against the backdrop of large scale regulatory change already underway, the sector has to navigate the loss of regulatory certainty as the UK negotiates new trade relationships with the European Union.

The economic backdrop for most of the first half of the year continued to be positive and largely supportive of our business. The UK referendum on EU membership on 23 June 2016 marked the end of a period of relative stability for the UK banking sector.

With GDP growth of about 2% in the first half of 2016, the UK economy has grown for 13 consecutive quarters. Despite recent market volatility, concerns about economic uncertainty and some headwinds from slow global growth, labour market prospects remain positive. The unemployment rate is close to 5% and its level before the crisis of 2008-2009.

Inflation is currently 0.5% and, although likely to rise, is expected to remain relatively low through 2016. This should provide some continued support for household real income growth as nominal earnings growth has remained relatively subdued despite the fall in unemployment. Low inflation also underpins the financial market expectation that the low interest rate environment will continue.

Overall these have been supportive trends for our business and, together with continued annual house price growth, contributed to lower mortgage arrears. The low interest rate environment - with little prospect for increases in the short term - does however create a challenging environment for income growth.

We have seen continued growth in our main lending markets against a background of steady market deposit growth. Mortgage market lending growth ended the first quarter of 2016 at 3.4%. This was the strongest since late 2008, boosted by relatively high buy-to-let borrowing - ahead of April's stamp duty changes - that eased in the second quarter. Bank lending growth to companies has continued to show the signs of gradual recovery that emerged in late 2015 following an extended period of contraction.

Demanding regulatory agenda

The most significant regulatory change which we face is the requirement introduced by the Banking Reform Act for major UK banks to ring-fence their retail banking operations. Our progress to date is a result of extensive efforts across the bank, and with a significant investment of management time. We submitted our plans to the PRA and FCA in January 2016 and anticipate further feedback from them later this year.

Most other policy changes to support the wider regulatory change agenda have now been agreed in principle. However, implementation of these changes and compliance with the new regime remains a major undertaking across the sector.

Development and performance of our business in H116

Information on the development and performance of our business in H116 is set out in the 'Income statement review' section of the Financial review.

Preparation for ring-fencing

In the first half of the year we began repositioning the structure of our funding vehicles in preparation for ring-fencing. On 1 June 2016, Santander UK plc became the issuer of all existing medium-term wholesale securities previously issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

We believe that, in the past, holders of our debt and capital made their decision to invest in Santander UK based on our position as a major retail bank. As such it is appropriate that we transfer those holdings into the entity which will become our ring-fenced bank.

Our position at 30 June 2016

Information on our position at the end of the period is set out in the 'Balance sheet review' section of the Financial review.

2016 outlook

We expect the slowdown of the UK economy, which began in the run up to the EU referendum, to continue as economic and political uncertainties prevail.

In a period of significant macroeconomic uncertainty with a wide range of possible economic outcomes, some downside risks are likely to be mitigated by monetary policy actions by the Bank of England and the capital and liquidity strength of the banking sector.

We expect net interest margin and Banking NIM for 2016 to decline further, driven by continued competitive pressures on asset margins as well as SVR attrition. We will keep asset and liability pricing under review to look for opportunities to offset some of the net interest income pressure and we also see opportunities across our customer business segments to drive fee income growth.

Cost management remains a key focus as we continue to invest and grow, while capturing future operational efficiencies.

We expect our net mortgage lending to be broadly in line with the market, and the decline in SVR balances to be slightly lower than the net GBP8.1bn reduction in 2015. In August 2016, we announced changes to the 1I2I3 Current Account. These changes were made in response to the lower for longer bank rate environment, as evidenced by the Bank of England's recent monetary policy actions and the continuing challenges in the market. We will monitor the impact of these changes on customer acquisition but nonetheless we are confident that the 1I2I3 World continues to offer significant value to many.

Despite the uncertainties we face, we believe we have the resilience and capabilities to sustain profitability and deliver on our strategy.

Our principal risks and uncertainties

Information on our principal risks and uncertainties is set out in the Risk review by type of risk, with more detail by business segment. Our Risk factors are set out in the Shareholder information section. Except where noted, there has been no significant change to the description of these risks or key mitigating actions as set out in the 2015 Annual Report.

When reading the Risk review, the Risk factors and the other sections of this report, you should refer to the 'Forward-looking statements' section in the Shareholder information section.

Key performance indicators

The directors of Santander UK Group Holdings plc manage the Santander UK group's operations on a business division basis. As a result, the Company's Directors believe that analysis using key performance indicators for the Company or the Santander UK plc group is not necessary or appropriate for an understanding of the development, performance or position of the Company. The development and performance of the business of the Santander UK plc group, mainly at a consolidated level, is set out in the Financial Review. The Key Performance Indicators of Santander UK Group Holdings plc can be found on page 5 of its 2016 Half Yearly Financial Report, which do not form part of this report.

By Order of the Board

Nathan Bostock

Director

15 August 2016

Financial review

 
 5      Income statement review 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 5      Summarised Consolidated Income Statement 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 6      Profit before tax by segment 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 7      - Retail Banking 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 9      - Commercial Banking 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 11     - Global Corporate Banking 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 12     - Corporate Centre 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 13     Balance sheet review 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 13     Summarised Condensed Consolidated 
         Balance Sheet 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 15     Short-term borrowings 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 16     Average balance sheet 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 17     Cash flows 
---    ----------------------------------------- 
 

Income statement review

SUMMARISED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 
                                                Half       Half 
                                                year       year 
                                                  to         to 
                                             30 June    30 June 
                                                2016       2015 
                                                GBPm       GBPm 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Net interest income                           1,773      1,783 
 Non-interest income(1)                          671        500 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Total operating income                        2,444      2,283 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Operating expenses before impairment 
  losses, provisions and charges             (1,205)    (1,200) 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Impairment losses on loans and advances        (63)       (57) 
 Provisions for other liabilities 
  and charges                                   (97)       (97) 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Total operating impairment losses, 
  provisions and charges                       (160)      (154) 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Profit before tax                             1,079        929 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Tax on profit                                 (307)      (195) 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Profit after tax for the period                 772        734 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 
 Attributable to: 
 Equity holders of the parent                    756        722 
 Non-controlling interests                        16         12 
-----------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

H116 compared to H115

Profit before tax increased by GBP150m to GBP1,079in H116 (2015: GBP929m). By income statement line, the movements were:

 
 -              Net interest income was lower due to continued 
                 SVR attrition and asset margin pressure, driven 
                 by the competitive environment for new business 
                 lending. This was partially offset by increased 
                 lending and retail liability margin improvement, 
                 resulting in a net interest margin of 1.50% down 
                 3 basis points from 2015, and Banking NIM of 1.78% 
                 down 2 basis points from Q415. 
 -              Non-interest income was up 34% at GBP671m, driven 
                 by higher 1I2I3 Current Account fees and a GBP119m 
                 gain on the sale of our Visa Europe Ltd shareholding. 
 -              Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions 
                 and charges were flat, as we continue to absorb 
                 investment in business growth, regulatory costs, 
                 and the continued enhancements to our digital 
                 channels. 
 -              Impairment losses on loans and advances increased 
                 to GBP63m, in part due to the impairment of a 
                 single loan in Global Corporate Banking that moved 
                 to non-performance. Overall, retail and corporate 
                 loans continue to perform well, with Retail Banking 
                 also benefitting from a GBP58m release in mortgage 
                 provisions. 
 -              Provisions for other liabilities and charges were 
                 steady at GBP97m, with a lower FSCS charge offset 
                 by a restructuring provision. 
 

Tax on profit increased 57% to GBP307m, driven by the 8% bank corporation tax surcharge and higher profits. The effective tax rate is now 28%, up from 21% in H115.

Critical factors affecting results

The preparation of our Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Estimates and judgements that are considered important to the portrayal of our financial condition including, where applicable, quantification of the effects of reasonably possible ranges of such estimates are set out in 'Critical Accounting Policies and Areas of Significant Management Judgement' in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

The rest of this section contains a summary of the results, and commentary thereon, by income statement line item for each segment.

Basis of results presentation

The segmental information in this Half Yearly Financial Report reflects the reporting structure in place at the reporting date in accordance with which the segmental information in Note 2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements has been presented. The Company's board of directors (the Board) is the chief operating decision maker for Santander UK. The segmental information below is presented on the basis used by the Board to evaluate performance and allocate resources. The Board reviews discrete financial information for each segment of the business which follows our normal accounting policies and principles, including measures of operating results, assets and liabilities.

As described in Note 2 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, the internal UK transfer pricing mechanism used to calculate the cost and risks associated with funding and liquidity in each business segment was refined in the fourth quarter of 2015 for Retail Banking and Corporate Centre to reflect the current market environment and rates. The segmental analyses for Retail Banking and Corporate Centre have been adjusted to reflect these changes for prior periods.

PROFIT BEFORE TAX BY SEGMENT

 
                                                                Global 
                                     Retail    Commercial    Corporate   Corporate 
 Half year to 30 June               Banking       Banking      Banking      Centre     Total 
  2016                                 GBPm          GBPm         GBPm        GBPm      GBPm 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Net interest income                  1,489           245           39           -     1,773 
 Non-interest income(1)                 275            49          184         163       671 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating income               1,764           294          223         163     2,444 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Operating expenses before 
  impairment losses, provisions 
  and charges                         (865)         (170)        (141)        (29)   (1,205) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Impairment (losses)/releases 
  on loans and advances                (30)          (15)         (21)           3      (63) 
 Provisions for other 
  liabilities and charges              (76)           (1)            -        (20)      (97) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating impairment 
  losses, provisions and 
  charges                             (106)          (16)         (21)        (17)     (160) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Profit before tax                      793           108           61         117     1,079 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 
 Half year to 30 June 
  2015 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Net interest income                  1,497           221           39          26     1,783 
 Non-interest income(1)                 264            58          165          13       500 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating income               1,761           279          204          39     2,283 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Operating expenses before 
  impairment losses, provisions 
  and charges                         (890)         (165)        (145)           -   (1,200) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Impairment (losses)/releases 
  on loans and advances                (85)          (20)           21          27      (57) 
 Provisions for other 
  liabilities and charges              (95)           (2)            -           -      (97) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating impairment 
  losses, provisions and 
  (charges)/releases                  (180)          (22)           21          27     (154) 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Profit before tax                      691            92           80          66       929 
--------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 

(1) Comprised of Net fee and commission income and Net trading and other income.

RETAIL BANKING

Retail Banking offers a wide range of products and financial services to individuals and small businesses (with less than two directors, owners or partners), through a network of branches and ATMs, as well as through telephony, digital, mobile and intermediary channels. Retail Banking also includes Santander Consumer Finance, predominantly a vehicle finance business. Its main products are residential mortgage loans, savings and current accounts, credit cards (excluding the co-branded cards business) and personal loans as well as insurance policies.

Summarised income statement

 
                                            Half year       Half 
                                                   to       year 
                                              30 June         to 
                                                 2016    30 June 
                                                 GBPm       2015 
                                                            GBPm 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Net interest income                            1,489      1,497 
 Non-interest income                              275        264 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Total operating income                         1,764      1,761 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Operating expenses before impairment 
  losses, provisions and charges                (865)      (890) 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Impairment losses on loans and advances         (30)       (85) 
 Provisions for other liabilities and 
  charges                                        (76)       (95) 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Total operating impairment losses, 
  provisions and charges                        (106)      (180) 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Profit before tax                                793        691 
-----------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 

H116 compared to H115

Profit before tax increased by GBP102m to GBP793m in H116 (2015: GBP691m). By income statement line, the movements were:

 
 -   Net interest income decreased 1%, driven by 
      reduced margins on mortgage stock, continued 
      SVR attrition and pressure on new lending margins 
      partially offset by higher asset volumes. 
 -   Non-interest income increased 4%, with higher 
      1I2I3 Current Account fees offset by reduced 
      investment fees and lower credit card income 
      from interchange. 
 -   Operating expenses before impairment losses, 
      provisions and charges fell slightly with network 
      efficiencies offset by continued investment 
      in the growth of the business, digital enhancements 
      and absorbing regulatory compliance costs. 
 -   Impairment losses on loans and advances decreased 
      65%, mainly due to a GBP58m release in mortgages 
      driven by the growth in house prices and the 
      continued strong credit quality of the portfolio 
      with lower write-offs and charges. 
 -   Provisions for other liabilities and charges 
      decreased 20%, mainly due to a lower FSCS charge. 
 

Balances and ratios

 
                                     30 June 2016   31 December 
                                            GBPbn          2015 
                                                          GBPbn 
----------------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Total assets                               172.6         171.9 
 Customer loans                             165.5         164.8 
 - of which mortgages                       153.4         152.8 
 - of which consumer finance                  6.6           6.3 
 - of which other unsecured 
  lending                                     5.5           5.7 
 Risk-weighted assets                        42.8          42.4 
 Customer deposits                          141.1         137.3 
 - of which savings                          66.4          70.3 
 - of which current accounts                 61.0          53.2 
 - of which other retail products            13.7          13.8 
 
 NPL ratio(1) (2)                           1.39%         1.44% 
 Coverage ratio(1) (3)                        30%           32% 
 Mortgage NPL ratio(1)(4)                   1.42%         1.47% 
 Mortgage coverage ratio(1)(5)                16%           19% 
----------------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 

(1) The balances include interest charged to the customer's account, but exclude interest accrued but not yet charged to the account.

(2) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(3) Impairment loss allowance as a percentage of NPLs.

(4) Mortgage NPLs as a percentage of mortgage assets.

(5) Mortgage impairment loss allowance as a percentage of mortgage NPLs.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

 
 -   Mortgage net lending was GBP0.6bn, with the total stock balance up at GBP153.4bn. This was 
      driven by steady approval volumes and mortgage retention, with c.80% of maturing Santander 
      UK mortgages retained. 
 -   Consumer finance balances increased 5%, driven by higher retail customer loans and car dealer 
      funding. Other unsecured lending balances, which include bank overdrafts, UPL, and credit 
      cards, decreased 4% in an increasingly competitive market. 
 -   RWAs increased by 1% to GBP42.8bn at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP42.4bn). 
 -   Customer deposits increased GBP3.8bn as current account balances continued to grow strongly, 
      mainly through our 1I2I3 Current Account with a net inflow of GBP7.8bn in total current account 
      balances. This growth was offset by lower demand for savings products with balances reducing 
      GBP3.9bn. 
 

Business volumes

 
                                    Half year to       Half 
                                    30 June 2016       year 
                                           GBPbn         to 
                                                    30 June 
                                                       2015 
                                                      GBPbn 
--------------------------------  --------------  --------- 
 Mortgage gross lending                     12.7       11.9 
 Mortgage net lending                        0.6        0.6 
 Consumer finance gross lending              1.6        1.5 
 Consumer finance net lending                0.3        0.4 
 Other unsecured net lending               (0.2)        0.5 
--------------------------------  --------------  --------- 
 

H116 compared to H115

 
 -              Mortgage gross lending was GBP12.7bn and we helped 
                 12,000 first-time buyers (GBP2.0bn of gross lending) 
                 purchase their new home. Interest-only mortgage 
                 balances decreased GBP1.1bn to GBP54.0bn while 
                 buy-to-let mortgage balances increased GBP1.1bn 
                 to GBP6.1bn. 
 -              Consumer finance gross lending was GBP1,634m 
                 and net lending GBP266m, driven by growth in 
                 retail loans and car dealer funding that benefitted 
                 from the PSA cooperation. 
 -              Other unsecured net lending balances, which include 
                 bank overdrafts, UPL, and credit cards, decreased 
                 due to lower new credit card sales in an increasingly 
                 competitive environment. 
 

Business development in H116

 
 -   1I2I3 World customers increased to 4.9 million, 
      with 276,000 new customers in the period. Although 
      the fee changes to the 1I2I3 current account 
      took effect in Jan16, we continued to be a net 
      gainer in the current account switcher market 
      and customer deposit growth remained strong. 
 -   Our digital transformation programme continues 
      to make it easier for customers to see, service 
      and open products via digital platforms. In Mar16, 
      we became the first UK bank to introduce voice 
      banking technology to our SmartBank mobile app. 
      We are also working with a number of Fintech 
      companies to identify innovative solutions. One 
      such example is our partnership with Kabbage, 
      who provide the technology platform for our Working 
      Capital Loans solution that gives UK SMEs access 
      to same day funding. In addition, we simplified 
      our customer processes to enhance the digital 
      customer experience, with a mobile feature that 
      makes it easier for customers to restore a forgotten 
      password or locked credentials. 
 -   We continued to grow our digital customer base 
      in H116, gaining an average of 1,350 new active 
      mobile users every day and have more than 1 million 
      customers who only use our mobile app. In the 
      same period 42% of our mortgages were retained 
      online, 36% of total openings of current accounts 
      and 46% of credit cards were made through digital 
      channels. Additionally, 25% of Business Current 
      Accounts were opened via a digital channel in 
      the second quarter, which represents a 3.4% increase 
      on last quarter, following the successful launch 
      of a shorter and digitalised application form 
      for SMEs. 
 -   We are growing our Wealth Management business, 
      building on existing foundations, and expanding 
      our digital proposition to further improve customer 
      loyalty. In Jun16 we launched the Investment 
      Hub, a new digital platform which enables customers 
      to service their investments online and gives 
      them access to over 1,700 funds from Santander 
      Asset Management and other leading fund managers. 
      The investment platform complements our Financial 
      Planning service that offers investment advice 
      to customers on a range of products via our branch 
      network. 
 

COMMERCIAL BANKING

Commercial Banking offers a wide range of products and financial services to customers through a network of regional Corporate Business Centres (CBCs) and through telephony and digital channels. The management of our customers is organised according to their annual turnover (GBP250,000 to GBP50m for SMEs, and GBP50m to GBP500m for mid corporates), enabling us to offer a differentiated service to SMEs and mid corporate customers. Commercial Banking products and services include loans, bank accounts, deposits, treasury services, invoice discounting, cash transmission, trade finance and asset finance. Commercial Banking also includes specialist commercial real estate and Social Housing lending businesses.

Summarised income statement

 
                                                      Half       Half 
                                                      year       year 
                                                        to         to 
                                                   30 June    30 June 
                                                      2016       2015 
                                                      GBPm       GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Net interest income                                   245        221 
 Non-interest income                                    49         58 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Total operating income                                294        279 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Operating expenses before impairment 
  losses, provisions and charges                     (170)      (165) 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Impairment losses on loans and advances              (15)       (20) 
 Provisions for other liabilities and 
  charges                                              (1)        (2) 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Total operating impairment losses, provisions 
  and charges                                         (16)       (22) 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Profit before tax                                     108         92 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 

H116 compared to H115

Profit before tax increased by GBP16m to GBP108m in H116 (2015: GBP92m). By income statement line, the movements were:

 
 -              Net interest income increased 11%, resulting from 
                 continued growth in customer lending and higher 
                 deposits driven by the enhanced franchise and 
                 broader range of services. 
 -              Non-interest income decreased 16%, with lower 
                 asset restructuring and rates management fees 
                 partially offset by growth in international fees, 
                 up 14%, and digital and payment fees, up 26%, 
                 the latter two driven by more loyal customer relationships. 
 -              Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions 
                 and charges rose 3%, reflecting the investment 
                 in our expanded footprint and network of CBCs. 
 -              Impairment losses on loans and advances decreased 
                 to GBP15m. Overall, the loan book continues to 
                 perform well and is supported by our prudent lending 
                 policy. 
 -   Provisions for other liabilities and charges decreased 
      to GBP1m. 
 

Balances and ratios

 
                             30 June 2016   31 December 
                                    GBPbn          2015 
                                                  GBPbn 
--------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Total assets                        21.6          20.9 
 Customer loans                      21.6          20.9 
 - of which SMEs                     13.4          13.6 
 - of which mid corporate             8.2           7.3 
 Risk-weighted assets                21.3          20.9 
 Customer deposits                   19.7          18.1 
 
 NPL ratio(1) (2)                   2.93%         2.80% 
 Coverage ratio(1) (3)                40%           44% 
--------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 

(1) The balances include interest charged to the customer's account, but exclude interest accrued but not yet charged to the account.

(2) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(3) Impairment loss allowance as a percentage of NPLs.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

 
 -              Customer loans increased GBP0.7bn to GBP21.6bn, 
                 despite an increasingly competitive environment, 
                 macroeconomic uncertainty and the resulting slowdown 
                 in activity relating to the UK referendum on EU 
                 membership. 
 -              RWAs increased in line with asset growth. 
 -   We continue to attract deposit balances through 
      our strong customer relationships, supported by 
      a comprehensive product range and competitive 
      pricing. 
 

Business volumes

 
                                                         Half 
                                         Half year       year 
                                                to         to 
                                      30 June 2016    30 June 
                                                         2015 
---------------------------------  ---------------  --------- 
 New facilities (GBPbn)                        4.6        4.5 
 Bank account openings (No.)                 3,820      4,020 
 Online banking (Connect) active 
  users (No.)                               26,100     22,910 
---------------------------------  ---------------  --------- 
 

H116 compared to H115

 
 -              New facilities and bank account openings were 
                 broadly stable, in a competitive environment with 
                 increased macroeconomic uncertainty. Our Relationship 
                 Managers (RMs) continue to build their portfolios, 
                 extending new facilities and opening new bank 
                 accounts, while leveraging our comprehensive suite 
                 of products and services. We expect our RMs to 
                 grow their portfolios and improve returns, following 
                 the productivity curve achieved in our more mature 
                 CBCs. 
 -   There was a continuation in the pickup of our 
      corporate banking platform 'Connect', with active 
      users increasing 14% year on year. 
 

Business development in H116

 
 -   Building on the expertise and presence of Banco 
      Santander, we offer clients international solutions 
      to develop and manage their business through our 
      global network. Target clients, of which c.70% 
      (1) engage in international trade, can use platforms 
      such as Connect, Trade Portal, Trade Club and 
      the Santander Passport service, to expand and 
      manage their business internationally. These clients 
      are less exposed to macroeconomic events, have 
      a lower rate of default and tend to have a single 
      banking relationship. By focusing on specific 
      sectors, we continue to develop expertise in meeting 
      our clients' needs and increase customer advocacy 
 -   The Breakthrough programme gives our clients the 
      tools to develop and grow their business. In the 
      first half of the year, Breakthrough Talent supported 
      1,572 work placements and internships and Breakthrough 
      Growth Capital assisted 14 businesses in accessing 
      GBP51m of facilities. Since inception, the Growth 
      Capital team has completed 104 loans for 80 companies, 
      providing GBP305m of facilities, which will create 
      over 6,100 jobs. In addition, our Breakthrough 
      International programme organised trade and virtual 
      trade missions, and International Round Table 
      events for clients to speak with country experts. 
 -   Our continued efforts and innovative offering 
      was recognised at the 2016 Business Moneyfacts 
      Awards, winning a number of prestigious awards 
      including: 'Business Bank of the Year' for the 
      second consecutive year and the 'Innovation in 
      the SME Finance Sector' to name a few. The industry 
      recognition is a testament to Santander UK's commitment 
      to become the bank of choice for UK companies 
      and shows the strength of our overall value proposition 
      for businesses, built on our relationship banking 
      approach. 
 

(1) Source: Office for National Statistics. Proportion of businesses trading internationally with annual turnover between GBP10m to GBP500m.

GLOBAL CORPORATE BANKING

Global Corporate Banking services corporate clients and financial institutions that, because of their size, complexity or sophistication, require specially-tailored services or value-added wholesale products. It offers risk management and other value-added financial services to large corporates with a turnover above GBP500m per annum, and financial institutions, as well as to the rest of Santander UK's businesses. The main businesses areas include: working capital management (trade and export finance and cash management), financing (Debt Capital Markets, and corporate and specialised lending) and risk management (foreign exchange, rates and liability management).

Summarised income statement

 
                                                      Half    Half 
                                                      year    year 
                                                        to      to 
                                                   30 June      30 
                                                      2016    June 
                                                      GBPm    2015 
                                                              GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 Net interest income                                    39      39 
 Non-interest income                                   184     165 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 Total operating income                                223     204 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 Operating expenses before impairment 
  losses, provisions and charges                     (141)   (145) 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 Impairment (losses)/releases on loans 
  and advances                                        (21)      21 
 Total operating impairment (losses)/releases, 
  provisions and charges                              (21)      21 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 Profit before tax                                      61      80 
-----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------ 
 

H116 compared to H115

Profit before tax decreased by GBP19m to GBP61m in H116 (2015: GBP80m). By income statement line, the movements were:

 
-  Net interest income was unchanged at GBP39m, with 
    continued margin compression offset by ongoing 
    demand for project and acquisition finance, transactional 
    services and factoring products. 
-  Non-interest income increased 12% to GBP184m, 
    underpinned by ongoing demand for derivative and 
    cash sales activities. 
-              Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions 
                and charges decreased 3% to GBP141m, mainly due 
                to the timing of projects as we continue to implement 
                our target operating model. 
-              Impairment losses on loans and advances increased 
                due to the impairment of a single loan that moved 
                to non-performance. 
-  There were no provisions for other liabilities 
    and charges in the period. 
 

Balances and ratios

 
                          30 June 2016   31 December 
                                 GBPbn          2015 
                                               GBPbn 
-----------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Total assets                     44.7          36.6 
 Customer loans                    6.8           5.5 
 Other assets                     37.9          31.1 
 Risk-weighted assets             17.1          15.4 
 Customer deposits                 3.2           3.0 
 
 NPL ratio(1) (2)                0.78%         0.18% 
 Coverage ratio(1) (3)            104%          330% 
-----------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 

(1) The balances include interest charged to the customer's account, but exclude interest accrued but not yet charged to the account.

(2) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(3) Impairment loss allowance as a percentage of NPLs. The impairment loan loss allowance includes provisions against both NPLs and other loans where a provision is required. As a result the ratio can exceed 100%.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

 
 -              Customer loans increased to GBP6.8bn, with two 
                 sizeable client drawdowns, in addition to other 
                 refinancing and origination activities relating 
                 to project and acquisition finance and transactional 
                 services. 
 -              RWAs were significantly impacted by market volatility 
                 which increased credit, counterparty and market 
                 risk. RWAs attributable to customer loans equated 
                 to GBP8.4bn (Dec15: GBP7.8bn), reflecting reductions 
                 in undrawn facilities partially offset by new 
                 lending. 
 -   Customer deposits were broadly stable at GBP3.2bn. 
 

Business development in H116

 
 -   We continue to develop our franchise by improving 
      client coverage and products. Our coverage teams 
      are now organised by industry sectors, to provide 
      sector and product expertise that also leverages 
      Banco Santander SA's international presence in 
      Latin America, Iberia and other geographies. 
      Our product mix is focused on core banking activities 
      that are low risk, with improved capabilities 
      in transaction banking and foreign exchange, 
      as well as enhanced debt advisory service. 
 -   The investment in operations and technology will 
      improve client experience and meet regulatory 
      requirements. We anticipate further investment 
      in order to complete a service offering complementary 
      to the one we now have in place for smaller corporate 
      customers. 
 

CORPORATE CENTRE

Corporate Centre predominantly consists of the non-core corporate and treasury legacy portfolios. Corporate Centre is also responsible for managing capital and funding, balance sheet composition and structure, and strategic liquidity risk. The non-core corporate and treasury legacy portfolios include aviation, shipping, infrastructure, commercial mortgages, Social Housing loans and structured credit assets, all of which are being run-down and/or managed for value.

Summarised income statement

 
                                                                         Half year to     Half year to 
                                                                         30 June 2016     30 June 2015 
                                                                                 GBPm             GBPm 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 Net interest income                                                                -               26 
 Non-interest income                                                              163               13 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 Total operating income                                                           163               39 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions and charges             (29)                - 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 Impairment releases on loans and advances                                          3               27 
 Provisions for other liabilities and charges                                    (20)                - 
 Total operating impairment releases, provisions and charges                     (17)               27 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 Profit before tax                                                                117               66 
---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  --------------- 
 

H116 compared to H115

Profit before tax increased by GBP51m to GBP117m in H116 (2015: GBP66m). By income statement line, the movements were:

 
 -              Net interest income decreased, reflecting the repricing of funding of the commercial balance 
                 sheet. 
 -              Non-interest income benefitted from a GBP119m gain on the sale of our Visa Europe Ltd shareholding, 
                 and mark-to-market movements on economic hedges. 
 -              Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions and charges represent GBP29m of regulatory 
                 compliance and project costs relating to Banking Reform. 
 -              Impairment losses on loans and advances saw a release of GBP3m, with lower releases from asset 
                 disposals than in H115. 
 -   Provisions for other liabilities include restructuring costs. 
 

Balances and ratios

 
                                             31 December 
                              30 June 2016          2015 
                                     GBPbn         GBPbn 
---------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Total assets                         60.1          52.0 
 Customer loans (non-core)             7.1           7.4 
 - of which Social housing             6.0           6.2 
 Risk-weighted assets                  7.2           7.1 
 Customer deposits                     3.0           3.9 
 
 NPL ratio(1) (2)                    1.56%         1.18% 
 Coverage ratio(1) (3)                 95%          117% 
---------------------------  -------------  ------------ 
 

(1) The balances include interest charged to the customer's account, but exclude interest accrued but not yet charged to the account.

(2) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(3) Impairment loan loss allowance as a percentage of NPLs. The impairment loan loss allowance includes provisions against both NPLs and other loans where a provision is required. As a result the ratio can exceed 100%.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

 
 -   Non-core customer loans decreased in the period, 
      as we continue to implement our ongoing exit strategy 
      from individual loans and leases to run-down the 
      non-core corporate and legacy portfolios. 
 -   RWAs remained broadly stable, with the impact 
      of higher market volatility on counterparty credit 
      partially offset by the reduction in non-core 
      customer loans and the Visa Europe Ltd shareholding 
      sale. RWAs attributable to non-core customer loans 
      amounted to GBP1.4bn (Dec15: GBP1.5bn). 
 -   Customer deposits decreased GBP0.9bn, as we continue 
      to rebalance the deposit base tenor. 
 

Balance sheet review

This Financial review describes our significant assets and liabilities and our strategy and reasons for entering into such transactions. In this section, references to UK and non-UK, in the geographical analysis, refer to the location of the office where the transaction is recorded.

SUMMARISED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 
                                          30 June   31 December 
                                             2016          2015 
                                             GBPm          GBPm 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Assets 
 Cash and balances at central banks        14,862        16,842 
 Trading assets                            29,273        23,961 
 Derivative financial instruments          29,943        20,911 
 Financial assets designated at 
  fair value                                2,534         2,398 
 Loans and advances to banks                4,470         3,548 
 Loans and advances to customers          200,555       198,045 
 Loans and receivables securities             204            52 
 Available for sale securities              9,836         9,012 
 Macro hedge of interest rate risk          1,386           781 
 Interest in other entities                    54            48 
 Property, plant and equipment              1,503         1,597 
 Retirement benefit assets                    377           556 
 Tax, intangibles and other assets          4,052         3,655 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Total assets                             299,049       281,406 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Liabilities 
 Deposits by banks                          7,744         8,278 
 Deposits by customers                    169,830       164,074 
 Trading liabilities                       14,674        12,722 
 Derivative financial instruments          27,765        21,508 
 Financial liabilities designated 
  at fair value                             1,958         2,016 
 Debt securities in issue                  51,544        49,615 
 Subordinated liabilities                   4,214         3,885 
 Macro hedge of interest rate risk            482           110 
 Retirement benefit obligations               374           110 
 Tax, other liabilities and provisions      4,320         3,429 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Total liabilities                        282,905       265,747 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Equity 
 Total shareholders' equity                15,998        15,524 
 Non-controlling interests                    146           135 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Total equity                              16,144        15,659 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 Total liabilities and equity             299,049       281,406 
---------------------------------------  --------  ------------ 
 

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Cash and balances held at central banks decreased by 12% to GBP14,862m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP16,842m). The decrease was mainly due to a reduction in balances at central banks reflecting lower liquidity requirements.

Trading assets

Trading assets increased by 22% to GBP29,273m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP23,961m), reflecting changes in the mix of assets held for liquidity purposes, with higher levels of securities purchased under resale agreements and debt partially offset by decreased holdings of equity securities.

Derivative financial instruments - assets

Derivative assets increased by 43% to GBP29,943m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP20,911m). The increase was mainly due to increases in the fair value of interest rate and cross currency derivative assets principally driven by movements in yield curves and foreign exchange rates.

Financial assets designated at fair value

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss increased by 6% to GBP2,534m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP2,398m), mainly driven by the increase in the valuation of assets partially offset by maturities within the portfolio. In accordance with our policy, new loans are no longer being designated at fair value.

Loans and advances to banks

Loans and advances to banks increased 26% to GBP4,470m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP3,548m). The increase was mainly driven by an increase in collateral and deposits held partially offset by short-term positions with other entities.

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to customers increased by 1% to GBP200,555m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP198,045m) with net increases of GBP0.6bn in residential mortgage balances and GBP2.0bn in corporate lending.

Available for sale securities

Available for sale securities increased by 9% to GBP9,836m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP9,012m) mainly due to an increase in debt securities as part of normal liquid asset portfolio management activity.

Macro hedge of interest rate risk - assets

The macro hedge of interest rate risk increased by 77% to GBP1,386m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP781m), mainly driven by general movements in yield curves.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment decreased by 6% to GBP1,503m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP1,597m). The decrease was mainly driven by the depreciation charge for the period.

Retirement benefit assets

Retirement benefit assets decreased by 32% to GBP377m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP556m). For those sections of the Santander (UK) Group Pension Scheme which had surpluses, the key driver of the decrease was actuarial losses caused by a fall in AA corporate bond rates, which drive the discount rate, without a similar fall in inflation. This was partially offset by strong asset performance.

Tax, intangibles and other assets

Tax, intangibles and other assets increased by 11% to GBP4,052m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP3,655m). The increase was primarily driven by an increase in prepayments and trade and other receivables relating to settlement of transactions.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks

Deposits by banks decreased by 6% to GBP7,744m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP8,278m) driven by a decrease in short term positions with other entities and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Deposits by customers

Deposits by customers increased by 4% to GBP169,830m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP164,074m) as we focused on retaining and originating accounts held by more loyal customers and new issuances by Santander UK Group Holdings plc downstreamed to Santander UK plc.

Trading liabilities

Trading liabilities increased by 15% to GBP14,674m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP12,722m) as a result of an increase in short positions and short-term deposits and collateral held partially offset by a reduction in securities sold under resale agreements, as part of normal trading activity.

Derivative financial instruments - liabilities

Derivative liabilities increased by 29% to GBP27,765m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP21,508m). The increase was mainly due to increases in the fair value of interest rate and cross currency derivative liabilities mainly driven by movements in yield curves and foreign exchange rates.

Debt securities in issue

Debt securities in issue increased by 4% to GBP51,544m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP49,615m) driven by issuance of senior unsecured debt, partially offset by certain long dated senior unsecured instruments.

Macro hedge of interest rate risk - liabilities

Macro hedge of interest rate risk increased to GBP482m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP110m) driven by movements in yield curves.

Retirement benefit obligations

Retirement benefit obligations increased by 240% to GBP374m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP110m). For those sections of the Santander (UK) Group Pension Scheme which had deficits, the key driver of the decrease was actuarial losses caused by a fall in AA corporate bond rates, which drive the discount rate, without a similar fall in inflation. This was partially offset by strong asset performance.

Tax, other liabilities and provisions

Tax, other liabilities and provisions increased by 26% to GBP4,320m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP3,429m). The increase mainly reflected the increase in dividends payable, increase in current tax liabilities attributable to the banking corporation tax surcharge and unsettled financial transactions, partially offset by provisions utilised in the period.

Equity

Total shareholders' equity

Total shareholders' equity increased by 3% to GBP15,998m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP15,524m). The increase was mainly due to the profit for the period and the valuation of cash flow hedges, partially offset by actuarial losses on the defined benefit pension fund and dividends approved.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests increased by 8% to GBP146m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP135m) due to increased profits in PSA Finance UK Limited.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

We include short-term borrowings in deposits by banks, trading liabilities, financial liabilities designated at fair value and debt securities in issue. We do not show short-term borrowings separately on our balance sheet. Short-term borrowings are amounts payable for short-term obligations that are US Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper, borrowings from banks, borrowings from factors or other financial institutions and any other short-term borrowings reflected on the balance sheet. The table below shows short-term borrowings for 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015.

 
                                               30 June 2016  30 June 
                                                GBPm          2015 
                                                              GBPm 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
- Period-end balance                           9,356         11,030 
- Period-end interest rate                     0.62%         0.50% 
- Average balance(1)                           14,346        17,230 
- Average interest rate(1)                     0.52%         0.42% 
- Maximum balance(1)                           19,052        23,677 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
Commercial paper 
- Period-end balance                           2,506         3,901 
- Period-end interest rate                     0.76%         0.32% 
- Average balance(1)                           3,276         3,973 
- Average interest rate(1)                     0.86%         0.31% 
- Maximum balance(1)                           3,858         5,066 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
Borrowings from banks (Deposits by banks)(2) 
- Period-end balance                           3,359         2,642 
- Period-end interest rate                     0.15%         0.05% 
- Average balance(1)                           3,401         3,021 
- Average interest rate(1)                     0.14%         0.16% 
- Maximum balance(1)                           4,861         3,905 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
Negotiable certificates of deposit 
- Period-end balance                           2,841         4,204 
- Period-end interest rate                     0.55%         0.44% 
- Average balance(1)                           3,245         4,310 
- Average interest rate(1)                     0.48%         0.39% 
- Maximum balance(1)                           4,646         4,431 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
Other debt securities in issue 
- Period-end balance                           7,900         2,212 
- Period-end interest rate                     1.64%         2.86% 
- Average balance(1)                           7,794         3,921 
- Average interest rate(1)                     1.92%         2.94% 
- Maximum balance(1)                           8,267         4,717 
---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------- 
 

(1) Calculated using monthly weighted average data.

(2) The period-end deposits by banks balance includes non-interest bearing items in the course of transmission of GBP297m (30 June 2015: GBP357m).

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET

Period-end balances may not reflect activity throughout the period, so we present average balance sheets below. They show averages for our significant categories of assets and liabilities, and the related interest income and expense.

 
                                                               Half year                                 Half year 
                                                              to 30 June                                to 30 June 
                                                                    2016                                      2015 
                                  ------------  ------------------------  ------------  -------------------------- 
                                       Average   Interest(4,5)   Average       Average                     Average 
                                    Balance(1)            GBPm      rate    balance(1)     Interest(4,5)      rate 
                                          GBPm                         %          GBPm              GBPm         % 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Assets 
 Loans and advances 
  to banks: 
 - UK                                   21,188              52      0.49        21,762                58      0.53 
 - Non-UK                                6,677              15      0.45         7,028                 8      0.23 
 Loans and advances 
  to customers:(3) 
 - UK                                  200,514           3,173      3.16       193,878             3,261      3.36 
 - Non-UK                                  357               2      1.12            25                 -         - 
 Debt securities: 
 - UK                                    9,453              59      1.25         9,239                44      0.95 
 Total average interest-earning 
  assets, interest 
  income(2)                            238,189           3,301      2.77       231,932             3,371      2.91 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Impairment loss allowances            (1,116)               -         -       (1,394)                 -         - 
 Trading assets                         20,185               -         -        21,369                 -         - 
 Assets designated 
  at FVTPL                               2,485               -         -         2,846                 -         - 
 Derivatives and other 
  non-interest-earning 
  assets                                35,106               -         -        33,411                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Total average assets                  294,849               -         -       288,164                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Non-UK assets as 
  a % of total                           2.39%               -         -         2.45%                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Liabilities 
 Deposits by banks: 
 - UK                                  (6,674)            (33)      0.99       (7,217)              (39)      1.08 
 - Non-UK                                (308)             (1)      0.65          (17)                 -         - 
 Deposits by customers 
  - demand(6) : 
 - UK                                (128,346)           (721)      1.12     (113,078)             (634)      1.12 
 - Non-UK                                    -               -         -       (2,025)               (6)      0.59 
 Deposits by customers 
  - time(6) : 
 - UK                                 (31,321)           (225)      1.44      (32,920)             (266)      1.62 
 - Non-UK                                    -               -         -       (1,049)               (9)      1.72 
 Deposits by customers 
  - other(6) : 
 - UK                                  (7,601)            (53)      1.39       (5,781)              (30)      1.04 
 - Non-UK                                (139)             (3)      4.32         (665)               (1)      0.30 
 Debt securities: 
 - UK                                 (46,809)           (402)      1.72      (47,164)             (468)      1.98 
 - Non-UK                              (3,844)            (17)      0.88       (5,097)               (8)      0.31 
 Subordinated liabilities: 
 - UK                                  (4,032)            (71)      3.52       (3,924)             (120)      6.12 
 Other interest-bearing 
  liabilities: 
 - UK                                    (203)             (2)      1.97         (390)               (7)      3.59 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Total average interest-bearing 
  liabilities, interest 
  expense(2)                         (229,277)         (1,528)      1.33     (219,327)           (1,588)      1.45 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Trading liabilities                  (17,251)               -         -      (21,485)                 -         - 
 Liabilities designated 
  at FVTPL                             (2,010)               -         -       (2,614)                 -         - 
 Derivatives and other 
  non-interest bearing 
  liabilities                         (30,126)               -         -      (30,214)                 -         - 
 Equity                               (16,185)               -         -      (14,524)                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Total average liabilities 
  and equity                         (294,849)               -         -     (288,164)                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 Non-UK liabilities 
  as a % of total(6)                     1.46%               -         -         3.07%                 -         - 
--------------------------------  ------------  --------------  --------  ------------  ----------------  -------- 
 

(1) Average balances are based on monthly data.

(2) The ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities for H116 was 103.89% (H115: 105.75%).

(3) Loans and advances to customers include non-performing loans. See the 'Credit risk' section of the Risk review.

(4) The net interest margin for H116 was 1.50% (H115: 1.55%). Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. This differs from the Banking Net Interest Margin, discussed in the CFO's review, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average customer loans.

(5) The interest spread for H116 was 1.44% (H115: 1.46%). Interest spread is the difference between the rate of interest earned on average interest-earning assets and the rate of interest paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

(6) In the second half of 2015, the presentation of the deposits by customer categories was changed to align with internal management reporting. The data has been adjusted to reflect these changes for prior periods

Cash flows

 
                                        Half       Half 
                                        year       year 
                                          to         to 
                                     30 June    30 June 
                                        2016       2015 
                                        GBPm       GBPm 
---------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 Net cash inflow/(outflow) from 
  operating activities                 1,811    (4,647) 
 Net cash outflow from investing 
  activities                           (114)      (519) 
 Net cash outflow from financing 
  activities                           (688)    (2,568) 
                                   --------- 
 Increase/(decrease) in cash and 
  cash equivalents                     1,009    (7,734) 
---------------------------------  ---------  --------- 
 

The major activities and transactions that affected Santander UK's cash flows during H116 were as follows:

The net cash inflow from operating activities of GBP1,811m resulted from the increase in customer savings and deposits from other banks, positive movements in foreign exchange and the downstreamed funding from Santander UK Group Holdings plc. The net cash outflow from investing activities of GBP114m principally reflected the purchase and sale of available-for-sale securities and purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The net cash outflow from financing activities of GBP688m principally reflected the repayment of debt securities maturing in the period of GBP5,082m and the payment of dividends on ordinary shares and other equity instruments of GBP175m offset by new issues of debt securities of GBP4,585m. Cash and cash equivalents increased by GBP1,009m principally from the increase in debt securities in issue, customer deposits and lower repayment of debt securities and customer lending.

During H115, the net cash outflow from operating activities of GBP4,647m resulted from the reduction in trading balances, increased customer lending partially offset by increased customer savings and deposits from other banks. The net cash outflow from investing activities of GBP519m principally reflected the purchase and sale of available-for-sale securities and acquisition of PSA Finance UK Limited. The net cash outflow from financing activities of GBP2,568m reflected the repayment of debt securities maturing in the period of GBP10,472m offset by new issues of debt securities of GBP7,599m and the issuance of GBP750m Perpetual Capital Securities. Further outflows of cash occurred in the payment of interim dividends of GBP261m on ordinary shares, GBP23m of dividends on other equity instruments, dividends of GBP32m on the GBP500m Perpetual Capital Securities and dividends of GBP13m on the GBP300m Perpetual Capital Securities. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by GBP7,734m principally from the increase in customer lending and purchase of available-for-sale securities.

Risk review

 
19    Top and emerging risks 
      ---------------------------------- 
20    Risk governance 
      ---------------------------------- 
21    Credit risk 
      ---------------------------------- 
21    Santander UK group level 
      ================================== 
24    Retail Banking 
      ================================== 
31    Commercial Banking 
      ================================== 
36    Global Corporate Banking 
      ================================== 
39    Corporate Centre 
      ================================== 
43    Market risk 
      ---------------------------------- 
45    Liquidity risk 
      ---------------------------------- 
51    Capital risk 
      ---------------------------------- 
53    Pension risk 
      ---------------------------------- 
54    Other key risks and areas of focus 
      ---------------------------------- 
 

Top risks

All our activities involve identifying, assessing, managing and reporting risks. A top risk is a current risk within our business that could have a material impact on our financial results, reputation and the sustainability of our business model.

Our top risks and their causes are outlined below, as well as how they link to our 2016-2018 strategic priorities. We also explain the key developments in H116.

For risk definitions, see 'How we define risk' on page 44 of the 2015 Annual Report.

 
 Risk and indicator   Developments in H116 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Credit               Our NPL ratio was steady at 1.54% at 30 
  NPL ratio            June 2016 (2015: 1.54%) with all loan books 
  (%)                  continuing to perform well, supported by 
  30 June 2016:        prudent lending criteria. Our Retail Banking 
  1.54                 portfolio had lower NPL and coverage ratios, 
  31 December          driven by impairment releases in mortgages 
  2015: 1.54           due to the continued rise in house prices 
                       and improving quality of the portfolio. 
                       The NPL ratio for total lending to corporates 
                       increased to 2.41% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 
                       2.26%) with a moderate increase in NPLs 
                       from two loans partly offset by asset growth. 
                       Total operating impairment losses, provisions 
                       and charges were 4% or GBP6m higher in 
                       the period compared to H115. The increase 
                       was largely due to a single loan in Global 
                       Corporate Banking which moved into non-performance, 
                       partially offset by a release of GBP58m 
                       in mortgage provisions. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Market (Banking      Our NIM sensitivity to -50bps decreased 
  market)              to GBP(40)m (2015: GBP39m). The movement 
  NIM Sensitivity      in H116 was largely due to further margin 
  -50 bps (GBPm)       compression as a result of lower levels 
  30 June 2016:        of the yield curve and changes in the underlying 
  (40)                 management assumptions we used for risk 
  31 December          measurement purposes. We updated our assumptions 
  2015: 39             to better reflect the continued low rate 
                       environment. This was partially offset 
                       by an increased volume of net fixed rate 
                       assets left unhedged. 
                       We are also taking actions to be prepared 
                       for the possibility of negative interest 
                       rates in the UK, including a review of 
                       our systems and models, and to ensure we 
                       manage any potential impact on our customers. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Liquidity            Our LCR improved to 133% at 30 June 2016 
  LCR (%)              (2015: 120%). Our LCR eligible liquidity 
  30 June 2016:        pool increased GBP3.6bn to GBP42.3bn at 
  133                  30 June 2016 (2015: GBP38.7bn), reflecting 
  31 December          prudent liquidity planning, and an increase 
  2015: 120            in the collateral received for derivatives, 
                       which are used to hedge our foreign currency 
                       medium-term funding issuance. Wholesale 
                       funding with a residual maturity of less 
                       than one year was slightly lower at GBP20.5bn 
                       (2015: GBP21.1bn). 
                       Our LCR eligible liquidity pool significantly 
                       exceeded wholesale funding of less than 
                       one year, with a 206% coverage ratio (2015: 
                       183%). 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Capital              The decline in our CET 1 capital ratio 
  CET 1 capital        to 11.2% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 11.6%) 
  ratio (%)            and the PRA end-point Tier 1 leverage ratio 
  30 June 2016:        to 3.9% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 4.0%) reflected 
  11.2                 market-driven accounting impacts in Q216 
  31 December          on defined benefit pension schemes, offsetting 
  2015: 11.6           retained profits after distributions. There 
                       was also an adverse impact on the available-for-sale 
                       portfolio, prudent valuation adjustments 
                       and RWA levels for credit, counterparty 
                       and market risk including those in the 
                       last week of June. 
                       Our total capital ratio decreased to 17.9% 
                       at 30 June 2016 (2015: 18.2%), due to the 
                       lower CET 1 capital ratio and the transitional 
                       impact of the Capital Requirements Directive 
                       (CRD) IV Minority Interest and grandfathering 
                       rules. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Pension              The accounting surplus of the Santander 
  Funded defined       (UK) Group Pension Scheme and other funded 
  benefit pension      arrangements decreased to GBP39m at 30 
  scheme surplus       June 2016 (2015: GBP483m). This was due 
  (GBPm)               to an increase in liabilities caused by 
  30 June 2016:        a fall in AA corporate bond rates, without 
  39                   a similar fall in inflation. This was partially 
  31 December          offset by strong asset performance. In 
  2015: 483            addition, there were unfunded defined benefit 
                       scheme liabilities of GBP36m at 30 June 
                       2016 (2015: GBP37m). 
                       In H116, the pension Value at Risk (VaR) 
                       (1 year, 95% confidence interval) increased 
                       to GBP1,540m (2015: GBP1,260m) due to significant 
                       falls in long-term interest rates and increased 
                       market volatility, partially offset by 
                       higher interest rate hedging levels in 
                       the Scheme of 58%, up from 50% in 2015. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Operational          We continued to improve our systems, processes, 
  Operational          controls and staff training to reduce cyber 
  risk losses          risk and enhance our data security. This 
  (GBPm)               included adding the key findings from the 
  H116: 52             Bank of England-led programme to improve 
  H115: 46             and test resilience to cyber attacks in 
                       the financial industry into our cyber security 
                       IT systems plan for 2016. We also continued 
                       to invest in delivering our Operational 
                       Risk Transformation Programme, which will 
                       help us to achieve market best practice 
                       in operational risk management. 
                       In H116, the majority of operational risk 
                       losses were in the 'execution, delivery 
                       and process management' category. This 
                       was mainly due to remediation costs for 
                       historic systems functionality and process 
                       issues. 
                       In addition we continued to improve our 
                       controls, culture and awareness as part 
                       of our Financial Crime Transformation Programme 
                       and our financial crime agenda. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 Conduct              Our Conduct Risk Strategy Programme has 
  Remaining            delivered improvements across all business 
  provision            areas since it was set up in 2013. In H116, 
  (GBPm)               we continued to enhance the way we report 
  30 June 2016:        and monitor conduct risk. We also improved 
  532                  how we assess conduct risk in our business 
  31 December          decisions. 
  2015: 637            Our provision for PPI redress and related 
                       costs was GBP404m at 30 June 2016 (2015: 
                       GBP465m). Monthly utilisation, excluding 
                       pro-active customer contact, during the 
                       period was in line with the 2015 average. 
                       Other conduct provisions were GBP128m at 
                       30 June 2016 (2015: GBP172m), relating 
                       mainly to wealth and investment products. 
                       For more, see Note 21 to the Condensed 
                       Consolidated Interim Financial Statements. 
===================  ====================================================== 
 

Emerging and future risks

An emerging and future risk is a risk with largely uncertain outcomes which may develop or crystallise in the future. Crystallisation of an emerging risk could have a material effect on long-term strategy.

For more on emerging and future risks, see the 2015 Annual Report.

The UK's referendum on EU membership

Our financial performance is strongly linked to the health of the UK economy. We are particularly affected by factors that impact the profitability of our larger credit portfolios, including in our residential mortgage and commercial real estate portfolios. The decision to leave the EU has led to further economic uncertainty and financial market volatility. In the near-term, this could result in lower consumer confidence that would be negative for continued economic growth. In addition, the lower value of GBP sterling, when combined with the pickup in oil prices, is likely to lead to higher inflation. In a period of significant macroeconomic uncertainty with a wide range of possible economic outcomes, some economic downside risks are likely to be mitigated by monetary policy actions by the Bank of England and the capital and liquidity strength of the banking sector.

Although the result does not entail any immediate changes to our current operations and structure, economic uncertainty could adversely affect our business. Whilst the terms and timing of the UK's exit from the EU are yet to be confirmed, it is not possible to determine with any accuracy the full impact that this might have. In addition, it remains unclear whether, following exit from the EU, it will be possible for us (and other UK banks) to continue to provide financial services on a cross-border basis within other EU member states.

The risks associated with the outcome of the referendum have been considered by our Board, together with the action plans needed to ensure the impact on our business is appropriately managed.

Risk governance

As a financial services provider, managing risk is a core part of our day-to-day activities. To be able to manage our business effectively, it is critical that we understand and control risk in everything we do. We aim to use a prudent approach and advanced risk management techniques to help us deliver robust financial performance and build sustainable value for our stakeholders.

We aim to keep a predictable medium-low risk profile, consistent with our business model, and within the limits set out in our Risk Appetite. This is key to achieving our strategic objectives.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, we continued to make good progress with our risk culture program, I AM Risk, to continue to embed personal accountability for managing risk across the business. For all new and existing employees, we enhanced our mandatory risk training and we ensured that the updated performance management risk objectives were used across the business. In a recent survey, 99% of employees acknowledged their personal responsibility for risk management, helping to show how we are successfully embedding risk management in our culture.

Credit risk

Credit risk management

In H116, there were no significant changes in the way we manage credit risk as described in the 2015 Annual Report, except as set out below.

Credit risk review

We analyse below our maximum and net exposures to credit risk, and we also summarise our forbearance activities and credit performance.

Key metric

The NPL ratio of 1.54% remained steady, with all loan books continuing to perform well, supported by prudent lending criteria.

sANTANDER UK GROUP LEVEL - Credit risk review

Our maximum and net exposure to credit risk

The tables below show the main differences between our maximum and net exposure to credit risk. They show the effects of collateral, netting, and risk transfer to mitigate our exposure. The tables only show the financial assets that credit risk affects.

 
                                 Maximum exposure                    Collateral 
===================  =========================================  ====================  ==========  ===========  ======== 
                            Balance sheet 
                                 asset 
===================  ============================  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
                       Gross  Impairment      Net  Off-balance  Cash(1)  Non-cash(1)  Netting(2)         Risk       Net 
                     amounts        loss  amounts        sheet    GBPbn        GBPbn       GBPbn  transfer(3)  exposure 
                       GBPbn  allowances    GBPbn        GBPbn                                          GBPbn     GBPbn 
                                   GBPbn 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
30 June 2016 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks       14.9           -     14.9            -        -            -           -            -      14.9 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Trading assets: 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to banks                7.5           -      7.5            -        -            -       (2.0)            -       5.5 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to customers            9.5           -      9.5            -        -        (6.9)           -            -       2.6 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Debt securities        6.5           -      6.5            -        -            -           -            -       6.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total trading 
  assets                23.5           -     23.5            -        -        (6.9)       (2.0)            -      14.6 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments            29.9           -     29.9            -    (2.8)            -      (24.0)            -       3.1 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Financial assets 
 designated at 
 fair value: 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to customers            2.0           -      2.0          0.3        -        (2.3)           -            -         - 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Debt securities        0.5           -      0.5            -        -            -           -            -       0.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total financial 
  assets designated 
  at fair value          2.5           -      2.5          0.3        -        (2.3)           -            -       0.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and advances 
 to banks                4.5           -      4.5          1.5        -        (0.8)       (0.5)            -       4.7 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and advances 
 to customers:(4) 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Advances secured 
 on residential 
 property              154.0       (0.3)    153.7         12.5        -   (165.8)(5)           -            -       0.4 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Corporate loans       33.2       (0.4)     32.8         16.6        -       (23.1)           -            -      26.3 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Finance leases         6.7       (0.1)      6.6          0.4    (0.1)        (5.6)           -            -       1.3 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Other unsecured 
 advances                6.3       (0.3)      6.0         11.6        -            -           -            -      17.6 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Amounts due 
 from fellow 
 subsidiaries, 
 associates and 
 joint ventures          1.5           -      1.5            -        -            -           -            -       1.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total loans and 
  advances to 
  customers            201.7       (1.1)    200.6         41.1    (0.1)      (194.5)           -            -      47.1 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and 
 receivables 
 securities(4)           0.2           -      0.2            -        -            -           -            -       0.2 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Available-for-sale 
 debt securities         9.8           -      9.8            -        -            -           -            -       9.8 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Total                  287.0       (1.1)    285.9         42.9    (2.9)      (204.5)      (26.5)            -      94.9 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 

(1) The forms of collateral we take to reduce credit risk include: residential and commercial property; other physical assets, including motor vehicles; liquid securities, including those transferred under reverse repurchase agreements; cash, including cash used as collateral for derivative transactions; and receivables. Charges on residential property are most of the collateral we take.

(2) We can reduce credit risk exposures by applying netting and set-off. We do this mainly for derivative and repurchase transactions with financial institutions. For derivatives, we use standard master netting agreements. They allow us to set off our credit risk exposure to a counterparty from a derivative against our obligations to the counterparty in the event of default. This gives us a lower net credit exposure. They may also reduce settlement exposure. For more on this, see 'Credit risk mitigation' in the 'Global Corporate Banking - credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(3) Certain financial instruments can be used to transfer credit risk from us to another counterparty. The main form of risk transfer we use is credit default swaps, mainly transacted with other banks.

(4) Balances include interest we have charged to the customer's account and accrued interest that we have not charged to their account yet.

(5) The collateral value we have shown is limited to the balance of each associated individual loan. It does not include the impact of overcollateralisation (where the collateral has a higher value than the loan balance) and includes collateral we would receive on draw down of certain off-balance sheet commitments.

 
                                 Maximum exposure                    Collateral 
===================  =========================================  ====================  ==========  ===========  ======== 
                            Balance sheet 
                                 asset 
===================  ============================  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
                       Gross  Impairment      Net  Off-balance  Cash(1)  Non-cash(1)  Netting(2)         Risk       Net 
                     amounts        loss  amounts        sheet    GBPbn        GBPbn       GBPbn  transfer(3)  exposure 
                       GBPbn  allowances    GBPbn        GBPbn                                          GBPbn     GBPbn 
                                   GBPbn 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
31 December 2015 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks       16.8           -     16.8            -        -            -           -            -      16.8 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Trading assets: 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to banks                5.4           -      5.4            -        -            -       (0.4)            -       5.0 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to customers            6.0           -      6.0            -        -        (5.0)           -            -       1.0 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Debt securities        5.5           -      5.5            -        -            -           -            -       5.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total trading 
  assets                16.9           -     16.9            -        -        (5.0)       (0.4)            -      11.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Derivative 
 financial 
 instruments            20.9           -     20.9            -    (1.1)            -      (17.3)            -       2.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Financial assets 
 designated at 
 fair value: 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Loans and 
 advances 
 to customers            1.9           -      1.9          0.3        -        (2.2)           -            -         - 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Debt securities        0.5           -      0.5            -        -            -           -            -       0.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total financial 
  assets designated 
  at fair value          2.4           -      2.4          0.3        -        (2.2)           -            -       0.5 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and advances 
 to banks                3.5           -      3.5          1.3        -        (0.8)       (0.3)            -       3.7 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and advances 
 to customers:(4) 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Advances secured 
 on residential 
 property              153.3       (0.4)    152.9          6.7        -   (159.2)(5)           -            -       0.4 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Corporate loans       31.9       (0.4)     31.5         16.4    (0.1)       (23.0)           -            -      24.8 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Finance leases         6.3       (0.1)      6.2          0.6    (0.1)        (5.3)           -            -       1.4 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Other unsecured 
 advances                6.3       (0.3)      6.0         12.0        -            -           -            -      18.0 
-------------------  -------  ----------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -------- 
- Amounts due 
 from fellow 
 subsidiaries, 
 associates and 
 joint ventures          1.4           -      1.4            -        -            -           -            -       1.4 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 Total loans and 
  advances to 
  customers            199.2       (1.2)    198.0         35.7    (0.2)      (187.5)           -            -      46.0 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Loans and 
 receivables 
 securities(4)           0.1           -      0.1            -        -            -           -            -       0.1 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Available-for-sale 
 debt securities         8.9           -      8.9            -        -            -           -            -       8.9 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
Total                  268.7       (1.2)    267.5         37.3    (1.3)      (195.5)      (18.0)            -      90.0 
===================  =======  ==========  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  ===========  ======== 
 

(1) The forms of collateral we take to reduce credit risk include: residential and commercial property; other physical assets, including motor vehicles; liquid securities, including those transferred under reverse repurchase agreements; cash, including cash used as collateral for derivative transactions; and receivables. Charges on residential property are most of the collateral we take.

(2) We can reduce credit risk exposures by applying netting and set-off. We do this mainly for derivative and repurchase transactions with financial institutions. For derivatives, we use standard master netting agreements. They allow us to set off our credit risk exposure to a counterparty from a derivative against our obligations to the counterparty in the event of default. This gives us a lower net credit exposure. They may also reduce settlement exposure. For more on this, see 'Credit risk mitigation' in the 'Global Corporate Banking - credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(3) Certain financial instruments can be used to transfer credit risk from us to another counterparty. The main form of risk transfer we use is credit default swaps, mainly transacted with other banks.

(4) Balances include interest we have charged to the customer's account and accrued interest that we have not charged to their account yet.

(5) The collateral value we have shown is limited to the balance of each associated individual loan. It does not include the impact of overcollateralisation (where the collateral has a higher value than the loan balance) and includes collateral we would receive on draw down of certain off-balance sheet commitments.

Forbearance summary

The following table shows customer loans that are subject to forbearance. For more on forbearance on mortgages in Retail Banking, as well as forbearance in Commercial Banking, Global Corporate Banking, and Corporate Centre, see the sections that follow.

 
                                   30 June 2016         31 December 2015 
=============================  =====================  ===================== 
                               Customer  Forbearance  Customer  Forbearance 
                                  loans         GBPm     loans         GBPm 
                                  GBPbn                  GBPbn 
=============================  ========  ===========  ========  =========== 
Retail Banking:                   165.5        1,921     164.8        3,708 
-----------------------------  --------  -----------  --------  ----------- 
- Residential mortgages           153.4        1,850     152.8        3,668 
-----------------------------  --------  -----------  --------  ----------- 
- Consumer finance and other 
 unsecured lending                 12.1           71      12.0           40 
-----------------------------  --------  -----------  --------  ----------- 
Commercial Banking                 21.6          605      20.9          705 
-----------------------------  --------  -----------  --------  ----------- 
Global Corporate Banking            6.8           19       5.5           10 
-----------------------------  --------  -----------  --------  ----------- 
Corporate Centre                    7.1           82       7.4          120 
=============================  ========  ===========  ========  =========== 
                                  201.0        2,627     198.6        4,543 
=============================  ========  ===========  ========  =========== 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015 - Forbearance exit criteria

In H116, we changed our policy on forbearance so that customer loans that meet exit criteria will no longer be reported as forborne. In the past, we reported loans as forborne until they were fully repaid or written off. In order to exit from forbearance a loan must now:

Have been forborne at least two years ago or, where the forbearance was temporary, it must have returned to performing under normal contractual terms for at least two years,

Have been performing under the forborne terms for at least two years, and

Not be more than 30 days in arrears.

Applying these exit criteria to our customer loans at 31 December 2015, the loans reported as forborne in the table above would reduce from GBP4,543m to GBP2,719m.

Credit performance

The customer loans in the tables below and in the remainder of the 'Credit risk' section are presented differently from the 'Loans and advances to customers' balance in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. The main differences are that the customer loans below are presented on an amortised cost basis and include loans classified as 'Trading assets', 'Financial assets designated at fair value' and 'Loans and advances to customers' in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, the balances below exclude interest we have accrued but not charged to customers' accounts yet.

 
                          Customer  NPLs(1)(2)  NPL ratio(3)  NPL coverage(4)  Gross write-offs(5)   Impairment 
                             loans                                                                         loss 
                             GBPbn        GBPm             %                %                 GBPm   allowances 
                                                                                                           GBPm 
========================  ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
30 June 2016 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Retail Banking:              165.5       2,295          1.39               30                   98          696 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Residential mortgages      153.4       2,174          1.42               16                   18          354 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Consumer finance 
 and other unsecured 
 lending                      12.1         121          1.00              283                   80          342 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Lending to corporates:        28.4         685          2.41               45                   15          309 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Commercial Banking          21.6         632          2.93               40                   15          254 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Global Corporate 
 Banking                       6.8          53          0.78              104                    -           55 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Corporate Centre               7.1         111          1.56               95                    5          106 
========================  ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
                             201.0       3,091          1.54               36                  118        1,111 
========================  ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
 
31 December 2015 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Retail Banking:              164.8       2,373          1.44               32                  212          762 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Residential mortgages      152.8       2,252          1.47               19                   40          424 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Consumer finance 
 and other unsecured 
 lending                      12.0         121          1.01              279                  172          338 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Lending to corporates:        26.4         596          2.26               49                  111          293 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Commercial Banking          20.9         586          2.80               44                   83          260 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
- Global Corporate 
 Banking                       5.5          10          0.18              330                   28           33 
------------------------  --------  ----------  ------------  ---------------  -------------------  ----------- 
Corporate Centre               7.4          87          1.18              117                   45          102 
========================  ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
                             198.6       3,056          1.54               38                  368        1,157 
========================  ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
 

(1) We define NPLs in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(2) All NPLs are in the UK and continue accruing interest.

(3) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(4) Impairment loss allowances as a percentage of NPLs. Impairment loss allowances relate to early arrears and performing assets (i.e. the IBNO provision) as well as NPLs, so the ratio can exceed 100%.

(5) 30 June 2016 reflects 6 months of gross write-offs and 31 December 2015 reflects 12 months of gross write-offs.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The NPL ratio remained steady at 1.54% (2015: 1.54%), with all loan books performing well, supported by prudent lending criteria.

The Retail Banking portfolio had a lower NPL ratio and coverage ratio, driven by impairment releases in mortgages due to the continued rise in house prices and improving quality of the portfolio.

The NPL ratio for total lending to corporates increased to 2.41% (2015: 2.26%), with a moderate increase in NPLs from two loans, partially offset by asset growth. In Commercial Banking, a loan of GBP50m moved to non-performance, but with high quality collateral held against it. In Global Corporate Banking, a loan of GBP43m moved to non-performance.

For more on the credit performance of our key portfolios by business segment, see the 'Retail Banking - credit risk review', 'Commercial Banking - credit risk review', 'Global Corporate Banking - credit risk review', and 'Corporate Centre - credit risk review' sections.

Commercial Real Estate

 
   Customer  NPLs(1)(2)  NPL ratio(3)  NPL coverage(4)  Gross write-offs(5)   Impairment 
      loans                                                                         loss 
      GBPbn        GBPm             %                %                 GBPm   allowances 
                                                                                    GBPm 
   ========  ==========  ============  ===============  ===================  =========== 
 
 
30 June 2016   9.4  191  2.03  33  163 
-------------  ---  ---  ---- 
 
 
31 December 2015   9.2  168  1.83  43  13  72 
=================  ===  ===  ==== 
 

(1) We define NPLs in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(2) All NPLs are in the UK and continue accruing interest.

(3) NPLs as a percentage of customer loans.

(4) Impairment loss allowances as a percentage of NPLs. Impairment loss allowances relate to early arrears and performing assets (i.e. the IBNO provision) as well as NPLs, so the ratio can exceed 100%.

(5) 30 June 2016 reflects 6 months of gross write-offs and 31 December 2015 reflects 12 months of gross write-offs.

The Commercial Real Estate portfolio of GBP9.4bn represents 33% of our lending to corporates and 5% of total customer loans. Despite an increase in NPLs in H116, the portfolio remains well covered with an NPL coverage ratio of 33% and low write-offs of GBP1m.

For more on the credit performance of our Commercial Real Estate portfolio, see the 'Commercial Banking - credit risk review' section.

retail banking - credit risk review

Residential mortgages

We offer mortgages to people who want to buy a house, and offer additional borrowing (known as further advances) to existing mortgage customers. The property must be in the UK (except for a small amount of lending in the Isle of Man).

Lending

We analyse movements in H116 in the table below. In this table:

Gross lending includes new business, further advances and any flexible mortgage drawdown against available limits

Redemptions and paydowns refer to customer payments, over-payments, clearing mortgage balances or re-financing away from us

The data does not include accrued interest and we have presented it before deducting impairment loss allowances.

 
Mortgage movements                 GBPm 
=========================      ======== 
At 1 January 2016               152,819 
-----------------------------  -------- 
Gross lending: 
-------------------------      -------- 
- New business                   12,086 
-----------------------------  -------- 
- Further advances/Flexi 
 drawdowns                          645 
-----------------------------  -------- 
Redemptions/paydowns           (12,105) 
=============================  ======== 
At 30 June 2016                 153,445 
=============================  ======== 
 

In H116, there were also GBP9.1bn (H115: GBP9.2bn) of internal transfers where we retained existing customers with maturing products on new mortgage loans or products.

Borrower profile

In the table below 'home movers' include both existing customers moving house and taking out a new mortgage with us, and customers who switch their mortgage to us when they move house. 'Re-mortgagers' are external customers who are re-mortgaging with us. We have not included internal re-mortgages, further advances and any flexible mortgage drawdowns in the new business figures.

 
New business            Half year      Half year 
                               to             to 
                     30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                             GBPm           GBPm 
==================  =============  ============= 
First-time buyers           1,970          2,279 
------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Home movers                 5,487          5,240 
------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Re-mortgagers               3,361          2,815 
------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Buy-to-let                  1,268            894 
==================  =============  ============= 
                           12,086         11,228 
==================  =============  ============= 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

We have continued to build our buy-to-let book by focusing on non-professional landlords, as this segment is more closely aligned with residential mortgages, and also accounts for the majority of the buy-to-let market. In H116, we completed 7,200 buy-to-let mortgages, representing 11% of new business flow, at an average LTV of 70%. In line with the market, we saw a spike in buy-to-let mortgages ahead of the April 2016 stamp duty increase.

The mortgage borrower mix remained broadly unchanged in H116, driven by underlying stability in target market segments, product pricing and our distribution strategy. Home movers and re-mortgagers represented 44% and 33% of total stock, respectively, at 30 June 2016 (2015: 45% and 33%, respectively), with first-time buyers at 19% (2015: 19%) and buy-to-let at 4% (2015: 3%).

Interest rate profile

The interest rate profile of our mortgage asset stock was:

 
                               30 June 2016    31 December 2015 
=============================  ==============  ================== 
                                    GBPm    %          GBPm     % 
=============================  =========  ===  ============  ==== 
Fixed rate                        87,078   57        82,570    54 
-----------------------------  ---------  ---  ------------  ---- 
Variable rate                     33,984   22        34,402    23 
-----------------------------  ---------  ---  ------------  ---- 
Standard Variable Rate (SVR)      32,383   21        35,847    23 
=============================  =========  ===  ============  ==== 
                                 153,445  100       152,819   100 
=============================  =========  ===  ============  ==== 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, the proportion of SVR loan balances decreased to 21% (2015: 23%), variable rate was broadly stable at 22% (2015: 23%), and fixed rate mortgages increased to 57% (2015: 54%). The SVR attrition was driven by customer refinancing, either internally or through re-mortgaging, and customer sentiment over expected future interest rate movements. The SVR attrition was GBP3,464m (H115: GBP3,854m).

Geographical distribution

The Santander UK new business data in these tables cover H116 compared with FY15. The Council of Mortgage Lenders (CML) new business data for H116 covers the three months ended 31 March 2016 (2015: nine months ended 30 September 2015) because that was the only data available for H116 when we went to print. The percentages are calculated on a value weighted basis.

 
UK region                             30 June 2016                      31 December 2015 
=========================  ==================================  ================================== 
                              Santander UK                        Santander UK 
=========================  ===================  =============  ===================  ============= 
                           Stock  New business            CML  Stock  New business            CML 
                               %             %   New business      %             %   New business 
                                                            %                                   % 
=========================  =====  ============  =============  =====  ============  ============= 
East Anglia                    3             3              4      3             3              4 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
London                        23            29             20     23            28             21 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
Midlands                      10             9             13     10            10             12 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
North and North West          10             8             10     10             8             10 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
Northern Ireland               3             1              1      3             1              1 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
Scotland                       5             3              7      5             4              7 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
South East excluding 
 London                       30            33             27     30            32             27 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
South West and Wales          11            10             12     11            10             12 
-------------------------  -----  ------------  -------------  -----  ------------  ------------- 
Yorkshire and Humberside       5             4              6      5             4              6 
=========================  =====  ============  =============  =====  ============  ============= 
                             100           100            100    100           100            100 
=========================  =====  ============  =============  =====  ============  ============= 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

At 30 June 2016, the lending profile of the portfolio represented a geographical footprint across the UK, while continuing to reflect a concentration around London and the South East.

Average loan size for new business

In H116, the average loan size for new business increased, to GBP199,000 for the UK overall, GBP264,000 for the South East including London and GBP142,000 for the rest of the UK. The loan-to-income multiple of mortgage lending in H116 was 3.13 (FY15: 3.10).

Loan-to-value analysis

This table shows the LTV distribution for mortgage asset stock, NPL stock and new business. We have included fees added to the loan in the calculation. If the product is on flexible terms, the calculation only includes the drawn loan amount, not undrawn limits. The new business data below covers H116 compared with FY15.

 
LTV                                            30 June 2016                        31 December 2015 
=================================  ====================================  ==================================== 
                                                of which:                             of which: 
=================================  ===========  =======================  ===========  ======================= 
                                   Stock        NPL stock  New business  Stock        NPL stock  New business 
                                    %            %          %             %            %          % 
=================================  ===========  =========  ============  ===========  =========  ============ 
up to 50%                                   45         37            17           40         33            16 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>50-75%                                     41         36            43           42         36            41 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>75-80%                                      5          5            17            6          6            16 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>80-85%                                      4          4             8            4          5            11 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>85-90%                                      2          4            10            3          4            12 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>90-95%                                      1          3             5            2          3             4 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>95-100%                                     1          2             -            1          3             - 
---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------ 
>100% i.e. negative 
 equity                                      1          9             -            2         10             - 
=================================  ===========  =========  ============  ===========  =========  ============ 
                                           100        100           100          100        100           100 
=================================  ===========  =========  ============  ===========  =========  ============ 
Collateral value                   GBP153,113m  GBP2,121m    GBP12,086m  GBP152,432m  GBP2,190m    GBP25,228m 
 of residential properties(1)(2) 
=================================  ===========  =========  ============  ===========  =========  ============ 
 
 
                             %   %   %   %   %   % 
========================== 
Simple average(3) 
 LTV (indexed)              44  47  65  45  50  65 
========================== 
Value weighted average(4) 
 LTV (indexed)              40  40  60  41  44  60 
========================== 
 

(1) Includes collateral against loans in negative equity of GBP1,908m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP2,285m).

(2) The collateral value we have shown is limited to the balance of each associated individual loan. It does not include the impact of overcollateralisation (where the collateral has a higher value than the loan balance).

(3) Unweighted average of LTV of all accounts.

(4) Total of all loan values divided by the total of all valuations.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, we maintained our prudent lending criteria, with an average LTV of 65% on new lending (FY15: 65%). Our lending with an LTV of over 85% accounted for 15% of new business flow (FY15: 16%).

At 30 June 2016, stock LTV was broadly unchanged at 44% (2015: 45%).

At 30 June 2016 the parts of the loans in negative equity which were effectively uncollateralised (before taking account of impairment loss allowances) reduced to GBP332m (2015: GBP387m).

Credit performance

 
                                   30 June  31 December 
                                      2016         2015 
                                      GBPm         GBPm 
==============================     =======  =========== 
Mortgage loans and advances 
 to customers of which:            153,445      152,819 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
Performing(1)                      149,837      148,963 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
Early arrears:                       1,434        1,604 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- 31 to 60 days                        883          979 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- 61 to 90 days                        551          625 
=================================  =======  =========== 
NPLs:(2)(3)                          2,174        2,252 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- By arrears                         1,698        1,826 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- By bankruptcy                         24           34 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- By maturity default                  298          263 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- By forbearance                       102           83 
---------------------------------  -------  ----------- 
- By properties in possession 
 (PIPs)                                 52           46 
=================================  =======  =========== 
 

(1) Excludes mortgages where the customer did not pay for between 31 and 90 days, arrears, bankruptcy, maturity default, forbearance and PIPs NPLs. Includes GBP3,277m of mortgages (2015: GBP3,486m) where the customer did not pay for 30 days or less.

(2) We define NPLs in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(3) All NPLs are in the UK and continue accruing interest.

Forbearance

Forbearance started in the period(1)

The balances that entered forbearance in H116 and H115 were:

 
                     Half year to 30 June    Half year to 30 June 
                             2016                    2015 
===============  =========================  ====================== 
                           GBPm          %          GBPm         % 
===============  ==============  =========  ============  ======== 
Capitalisation              125         48           177        53 
---------------  --------------  ---------  ------------  -------- 
Term extension              137         52           137        41 
---------------  --------------  ---------  ------------  -------- 
Interest-only                 -          -            22         6 
===============  ==============  =========  ============  ======== 
                            262        100           336       100 
===============  ==============  =========  ============  ======== 
 

(1) The figures reflect the forbearance activity in the period, regardless of whether there was any forbearance on the accounts before.

Forbearance total position(1)

The balances at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, analysed by their payment status at the period-end and the forbearance we applied, were:

 
                          Capitalisation  Term extension  Interest-only  Total        Impairment 
                                    GBPm            GBPm           GBPm   GBPm   loss allowances 
                                                                                            GBPm 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
30 June 2016 
------------------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
In arrears                           316              91            259    666                26 
------------------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                           405             253            526  1,184                12 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
                                     721             344            785  1,850                38 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of portfolio             0.5%            0.2%           0.5%   1.2% 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
 
31 December 2015 
------------------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
In arrears                           412             123            305    840                34 
------------------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                         1,278             711            839  2,828                27 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
                                   1,690             834          1,144  3,668                61 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of portfolio             1.1%            0.5%           0.7%   2.4% 
========================  ==============  ==============  =============  =====  ================ 
 

(1) We base forbearance type on the first forbearance we applied. Tables only show accounts that were open at the period-end.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The forbearance started in H116 was lower than in H115. We also changed our forbearance policy in March 2015, so we no longer offer interest-only concessions to customers in financial difficulties. Instead, we offer reduced repayment arrangements for a time. Their account stays on capital and interest terms and any shortfall in capital repayment is added to the arrears.

At 30 June 2016, the total stock of forbearance reduced by 50% to GBP1,850m (2015: GBP3,668m). This decrease was mainly due to the application of exit criteria to our forbearance policy in H116 as described in the 'Forbearance summary' of the 'Santander UK group level - credit risk review' section. Applying these exit criteria to our forbearance stock at 31 December 2015, the loans reported as forborne would reduce by GBP1,652m to GBP2,016m.

At 30 June 2016, the proportion of accounts in forbearance for more than six months that had made their last six months' contractual payments decreased to 78% (2015: 85%). Accounts in forbearance that were performing decreased to GBP1.2bn or 64% by value (2015: GBP2.8bn or 77% by value) mainly due to the application of exit criteria as described above. The weighted average LTV of all accounts in forbearance was 36% (2015: 35%) compared to the weighted average portfolio LTV of 40% (2015: 41%).

At 30 June 2016, impairment loss allowances as a percentage of the overall mortgage portfolio were 0.23% (2015: 0.28%). The equivalent ratio for performing accounts in forbearance was 1.01% (2015: 0.95%), and for accounts in arrears in forbearance was 3.90% (2015: 4.07%). The higher ratios for accounts in forbearance reflect the higher levels of impairment loss allowances we hold on these accounts. This reflects the higher risk on them.

At 30 June 2016, the carrying value of mortgages classified as multiple forbearance decreased to GBP93m (2015: GBP98m).

Other changes in contract terms

At 30 June 2016, there were GBP5.4bn (2015: GBP5.7bn) of other mortgages on the balance sheet that we had modified since January 2008. We agreed these modifications in order to keep a good relationship with the customer. The customers were not showing any signs of financial difficulty at the time, so we don't classify these changes as forbearance.

We keep the performance and profile of the accounts under review. At 30 June 2016:

The average LTV was 37% (2015: 39%) and 94% (2015: 94%) of accounts had made their last six months' contractual payments

The proportion of accounts that were 90 days or more in arrears was 1.61% (2015: 1.60%).

Higher risk loans and other segments of particular interest

We are mainly a residential prime lender and we do not originate sub-prime or second charge mortgages. Despite that, some types of mortgages have higher risks and others stand out for different reasons. These are:

Interest-only loans

Flexible loans

Loans with LTV >100%

Buy-to-let loans.

The arrears performance of these mortgages has continued to be relatively stable with arrears and loss rates remaining low.

Higher risk loans - borrower profile(1)

The new business data below covers H116 compared with FY15.

 
                                         30 June 2016        31 December 2015 
===================================  ====================  ==================== 
                                      Stock  New business   Stock  New business 
                                       GBPm          GBPm    GBPm          GBPm 
===================================  ======  ============  ======  ============ 
Full interest-only loans             43,109         1,901  44,050         4,178 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Part interest-only, part repayment 
 loans(2)                            14,934           808  15,299         1,996 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Flexi loans                          13,265           125  13,951           508 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Other flexible loans(3)               4,730             -   5,156             - 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Loans with LTV >100%                  2,240             -   2,672             - 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Buy-to-let                            5,987         1,268   4,956         2,393 
-----------------------------------  ------  ------------  ------  ------------ 
Interest-only and LTV >100%           1,656             -   1,980             1 
===================================  ======  ============  ======  ============ 
 

(1) Where a loan falls into more than one category, we have included it in all the categories that apply.

(2) Mortgage balances include both the interest-only part of GBP10,748m (2015: GBP10,918m) and the non-interest-only part of the loan.

(3) Legacy Alliance & Leicester flexible loans that work in a more limited way than our current Flexi loan product.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, the value and proportion of interest-only loans together with part interest-only, part repayment loans reduced, reflecting our strategy to manage down the overall exposure to this lending profile.

Buy-to-let lending in H116 increased to 11% (FY15: 9%) of new business flow as described in the 'Borrower profile' section. From a mortgage asset stock perspective, loans with a current LTV >100% at 30 June 2016 decreased to 1% (2015: 2%) driven by rising house prices.

Higher risk loans - credit performance

 
                                              Segment of particular interest(1) 
===================  =======  ==================================================================  ============= 
                       Total  Interest-only             Part  Flexible(2)  LTV >100%  Buy-to-let          Other 
                        GBPm           GBPm   interest-only,         GBPm       GBPm        GBPm   portfolio(3) 
                                                        part                                               GBPm 
                                                   repayment 
                                                        GBPm 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
30 June 2016 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Mortgage portfolio   153,445         43,109           14,934       17,995      2,240       5,987         87,350 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Performing           149,837         41,432           14,427       17,596      1,980       5,962         86,193 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Early arrears: 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
- 31 to 60 days          883            400              113           76         37           6            337 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
- 61 to 90 days          551            261               84           56         30           3            209 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
NPLs                   2,174          1,016              310          267        193          16            611 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
NPL ratio              1.42%          2.36%            2.08%        1.48%      8.62%       0.27%          0.70% 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
PIPs                      52             22               14            6         22           -             11 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
 
31 December 
 2015 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Mortgage portfolio   152,819         44,050           15,299       19,107      2,672       4,956         84,786 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Performing           148,963         42,280           14,742       18,711      2,358       4,929         83,537 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
Early arrears: 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
- 31 to 60 days      979      441            143              81           48         7           382 
-------------------  -------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------  ----------  ------------- 
- 61 to 90 days      625      289            87               52           38         5           238 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
NPLs                 2,252    1,040          327              263          228        15          629 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
NPL ratio            1.47%    2.36%          2.14%            1.38%        8.53%      0.30%       0.74% 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
PIPs                 46       23             9                6            22         1           9 
===================  =======  =============  ===============  ===========  =========  ==========  ============= 
 

(1) Where a loan falls into more than one category, we have included it in all the categories that apply. As a result, the sum of the mortgages in the segments of particular interest and the other portfolio does not agree to the total mortgage portfolio.

(2) Includes legacy Alliance & Leicester flexible loans that work in a more limited way than our current Flexi loan product.

(3) Includes other loans that are not in any segment of particular interest.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

At 30 June 2016, interest-only loans, part interest-only, part repayment loans, and loans with an LTV >100% had a higher than average NPL ratio. However, NPLs for these portfolios reduced in H116 in line with wider portfolio trends.

Of the interest-only portfolio of GBP43,109m (2015: GBP44,050m), GBP1,914m (2015: GBP1,840m) was due to mature in two years. GBP504m (2015: GBP429m) was term expired, 91% (2015: 91%) of which continued to pay the interest due under the expired contract terms.

At 30 June 2016, there were 108,619 (2015: 113,232) flexible mortgage customers, with undrawn facilities of GBP6,453m (2015: GBP6,608m) and a utilisation rate of 67% (2015: 68%). The portfolio's value weighted LTV (indexed) was 31% (2015: 32%).

At 30 June 2016 the stock of PIPs of GBP52m (2015: GBP46m) remained low.

Higher risk loans - forbearance(1)(2)

The forbearance arrangements which started in H116 and H115 were:

 
                             Interest-only(3)  Flexible  LTV >100%  Buy-to-let 
===========================  ================  ========  =========  ========== 
Half year to 30 June 2016 
---------------------------  ----------------  --------  ---------  ---------- 
Total value                           GBP192m    GBP27m          -       GBP4m 
===========================  ================  ========  =========  ========== 
Proportion of portfolio(4)                73%       10%          -          2% 
===========================  ================  ========  =========  ========== 
 
Half year to 30 June 2015 
---------------------------  ----------------  --------  ---------  ---------- 
Total value                           GBP222m    GBP35m          -       GBP4m 
===========================  ================  ========  =========  ========== 
Proportion of portfolio(4)                66%       10%          -          1% 
===========================  ================  ========  =========  ========== 
 

(1) The figures reflect the forbearance activity in the period, regardless of whether there was any forbearance on the accounts before.

(2) Where a loan falls into more than one category, we have included it in all the categories that apply.

(3) Comprises full interest-only loans and part interest-only, part repayment loans.

(4) Proportion of total forbearance arrangements which commenced during the period.

30 June 2016 compared to 30 June 2015

The forbearance started in H116 was lower than in H115, in line with the overall reductions seen in flows into forbearance in H116.

Consumer finance and other unsecured lending

We provide vehicle consumer and other unsecured finance for personal and business banking customers. This includes personal loans, credit cards, business banking and bank account overdrafts.

Lending

We analyse movements in H116 and FY15 in the tables below.

 
                                              Other unsecured 
=====================  =========  =======================================  ====== 
                         Vehicle   Personal  Credit  Business  Overdrafts   Total 
                        consumer      loans   cards   banking        GBPm    GBPm 
                         finance       GBPm    GBPm      GBPm 
                            GBPm 
=====================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
Half year to 30 June 
 2016 
---------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
At 1 January 2016          6,290      2,201   2,834       150         536  12,011 
---------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Net lending in the 
 period(1)                   266         33   (267)         6        (11)      27 
=====================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
At 30 June 2016            6,556      2,234   2,567       156         525  12,038 
=====================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 
Year to 31 December 
 2015 
---------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
At 1 January 2015          3,303      2,208   2,247       155         544   8,457 
---------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Net lending in the 
 year(1)                     526        (7)     587       (5)         (8)   1,093 
---------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Acquisitions               2,461          -       -         -           -   2,461 
=====================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
At 31 December 2015        6,290      2,201   2,834       150         536  12,011 
=====================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 

(1) Includes vehicle consumer finance gross lending of GBP1,634m in H116 (FY15: GBP2,958m).

Credit performance

 
                                                    Other unsecured 
===========================  =========  =======================================  ====== 
                               Vehicle   Personal  Credit  Business  Overdrafts   Total 
                              consumer      loans   cards   banking        GBPm    GBPm 
                               finance       GBPm    GBPm      GBPm 
                                  GBPm 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Loans and advances 
 to customers of which:          6,556      2,234   2,567       156         525  12,038 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Performing(1)                    6,480      2,191   2,502       141         470  11,784 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Early arrears                       46         26      26         6          29     133 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
NPLs(2)                             30         17      39         9          26     121 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
Impairment loss allowances         142         61      84        13          42     342 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 
NPL ratio(3)                                                                      1.00% 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Coverage ratio(4)                                                                  283% 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Loans and advances 
 to customers of which:          6,290      2,201   2,834       150         536  12,011 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Performing(1)                    6,217      2,157   2,771       138         483  11,766 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Early arrears                       45         27      23         4          25     124 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
NPLs(2)                             28         17      40         8          28     121 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
Impairment loss allowances         136         60      86        14          42     338 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 
NPL ratio(3)                                                                      1.01% 
---------------------------  ---------  ---------  ------  --------  ----------  ------ 
Coverage ratio(4)                                                                  279% 
===========================  =========  =========  ======  ========  ==========  ====== 
 

(1) Excludes loans and advances to customers where the customer did not pay for between 31 and 90 days and NPLs.

(2) We define NPLs in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(3) NPLs as a percentage of loans and advances to customers.

(4) Impairment loss allowances as a percentage of NPLs. Impairment loss allowances relate to early arrears and performing assets (i.e. the IBNO provision) as well as NPLs, so the ratio exceeds 100%.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Consumer finance balances increased 5% to GBP6,556m (2015: GBP6,290m), driven by higher retail customer loans and car dealer funding. Other unsecured lending balances, which include bank overdrafts, unsecured personal loans (UPL), and credit cards, decreased 4% to GBP5,482m (2015: GBP5,721m) in an increasingly competitive market.

Commercial Banking - Credit risk review

In Commercial Banking, credit risk arises on asset balances and off-balance sheet transactions such as credit facilities or guarantees. As a result, committed exposures are typically higher than asset balances.

Commercial Banking - committed exposures

Rating distribution

These tables show our credit risk exposure according to our internal rating scale (see the 'Credit quality' section in the 2015 Annual Report) for each portfolio. On this scale, the higher the rating, the better the quality of the counterparty.

 
                  Mid Corporate    Commercial    Social   Total 
                        and SME   Real Estate   Housing    GBPm 
                           GBPm          GBPm      GBPm 
================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
9                            14             -       911     925 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
8                           116             -     1,433   1,549 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
7                           319           449       246   1,014 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
6                         2,716         6,332         -   9,048 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
5                         4,337         3,173         -   7,510 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
4                         4,403           714         -   5,117 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
1 to 3                      663           186         -     849 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
Other(1)                    241            34         -     275 
================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
                         12,809        10,888     2,590  26,287 
================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
9                            14             -       970     984 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
8                           116             1       892   1,009 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
7                           335           659       257   1,251 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
6                         2,440         5,555        50   8,045 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
5                         4,396         3,486         -   7,882 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
4                         4,214           574         -   4,788 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
1 to 3                      536           215         -     751 
----------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
Other(1)                    292            56         -     348 
================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
                         12,343        10,546     2,169  25,058 
================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
 

(1) Consists of smaller exposures mainly in the commercial mortgages portfolio. We use scorecards for them, instead of a rating model.

Geographical distribution

Almost all our lending is to customers in the UK. We classify geographical location according to country of risk - in other words, the country where each counterparty has its main business activity or assets unless there is a full risk transfer guarantee in place, in which case we use the guarantor's country of domicile instead. If our clients have operations in many countries, we use their country of incorporation.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Our lending to customers has grown consistently since 2008, and we continue to operate within our prudent Risk Appetite. At 30 June 2016, 99.8% (2015: 99.7%) of our portfolio was with UK counterparties.

In H116, our committed exposures increased by 5% to GBP26.3bn (2015: GBP25.1bn), despite an increasingly competitive environment, macro-economic uncertainty and the resulting slowdown in activity relating to the UK referendum on EU membership. Our Mid Corporate and SME exposures increased by 4% to GBP12.8bn (2015: GBP12.3bn) due to growth in the Mid Corporate portfolio. This more than offset a slight reduction in SME exposures. Our Commercial Real Estate portfolio increased by 3% to GBP10.9bn (2015: GBP10.5bn), with new business levels more than offsetting repayments.

Our Social Housing portfolio increased by 19% to GBP2.6bn (2015: GBP2.2bn), driven by refinancing of longer-dated loans previously managed in Corporate Centre onto shorter maturities and on current market terms.

Commercial Banking - credit risk mitigation

At 30 June 2016, the collateral we held against impaired loans was 43% (2015: 43%) of the carrying amount of the impaired loan balances.

Commercial Banking - credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process (described in 'Risk monitoring' in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report). The table below shows the exposures we monitor, and those we classify as non-performing by portfolio at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

 
                                        Mid Corporate    Commercial    Social   Total 
                                              and SME   Real Estate   Housing    GBPm 
                                                 GBPm          GBPm      GBPm 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
Total committed exposure of which:(1)          12,809        10,888     2,590  26,287 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)                   10,872        10,543     2,529  23,944 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced monitoring                1,056            66        50   1,172 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive management                 436            70        11     517 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Non-performing exposure(2)                      445           209         -     654 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
Observed impairment loss allowances               158            57         -     215 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                            39 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
Total impairment loss allowances                                                  254 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
Total committed exposure of which:(1)          12,343        10,546     2,169  25,058 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)                   10,617        10,083     2,162  22,862 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced monitoring                  969           150         7   1,126 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive management                 341           123         -     464 
--------------------------------------  -------------  ------------  --------  ------ 
- Non-performing exposure(2)                      416           190         -     606 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
Observed impairment loss allowances               162            56         -     218 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                            42 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
Total impairment loss allowances                                                  260 
======================================  =============  ============  ========  ====== 
 

(1) Includes committed facilities and derivatives. We define 'enhanced monitoring' and 'proactive management' in the 'Risk monitoring' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(2) Non-performing exposure includes committed facilities and derivative exposures. So it can exceed the NPLs in the table on page 23 which only include drawn balances.

(3) Allowance for incurred but not observed (IBNO) losses as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In our Mid Corporate and SME portfolio, exposures subject to enhanced monitoring increased by 9% to GBP1,056m (2015: GBP969m), whilst exposures subject to proactive management increased by 28% to GBP436m (2015: GBP341m). These increases were across a number of sectors and related mainly to trading concerns for certain customers.

In our Commercial Real Estate portfolio, exposures subject to proactive management decreased by 43% to GBP70m (2015: GBP123m), driven by the reclassification of a single legacy case to NPL, where the collateral currently exceeds the value of the loan. Exposures subject to enhanced monitoring decreased by 56% to GBP66m (2015: GBP150m) due to successful refinancings.

In our Social Housing portfolio, exposures subject to enhanced monitoring increased to GBP50m (2015: GBP7m), due to the addition of one customer following governance issues. One case of GBP11m (2015: GBPnil) is subject to proactive management due to further governance issues.

Commercial Banking - forbearance

We only made forbearance arrangements for lending to customers. We have not made any forbearance arrangements with our Social Housing counterparties.

Forbearance started in the period(1)

The exposures that entered forbearance in H116 and H115 were:

 
                                   Half year to 30 June              Half year to 30 June 2015 
                                            2016 
===========================  =================================  =================================== 
                             Mid Corporate   Commercial  Total  Mid Corporate     Commercial  Total 
                                   and SME         Real   GBPm        and SME    Real Estate   GBPm 
                                      GBPm       Estate                  GBPm           GBPm 
                                                   GBPm 
===========================  =============  ===========  =====  =============  =============  ===== 
Term extension                          57           12     69             33             11     44 
---------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----  -------------  -------------  ----- 
Interest-only                           45            1     46             57              4     61 
---------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----  -------------  -------------  ----- 
Other payment rescheduling              77            7     84             54              8     62 
===========================  =============  ===========  =====  =============  =============  ===== 
                                       179           20    199            144             23    167 
===========================  =============  ===========  =====  =============  =============  ===== 
 

(1) The figures reflect the forbearance activity in the period, regardless of whether there was any forbearance on the accounts before.

Forbearance total position(1)

The exposures at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, analysed by their payment status at the period-end and the forbearance we applied, were:

 
                          Term                       Other payment         Impairment 
                           extension  Interest-only   rescheduling  Total   loss allowances 
                           GBPm        GBPm                   GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
30 June 2016 
------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Non-performing            99          157            133            389    148 
------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                70          45             101            216    1 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
                          169         202            234            605    149 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of portfolio   0.6%        0.8%           0.9%           2.3% 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
 
31 December 2015 
------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Non-performing            95          169            141            405    144 
------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                72          138            90             300    2 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
                          167         307            231            705    146 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of portfolio   0.7%        1.2%           0.9%           2.8% 
========================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
 

(1) We base forbearance type on the first forbearance we applied. Tables only show accounts that were open at the period-end.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The forbearance started in H116 was higher than in H115 due to an increase in forbearance activity mainly in our Mid Corporate and SME portfolio.

At 30 June 2016, the cumulative forbearance stock reduced by 14% to GBP605m (2015: GBP705m). This decrease was mainly due to the application of exit criteria to our forbearance policy in H116 as described in the 'Forbearance summary' of the 'Santander UK group level - credit risk review' section. Applying these exit criteria to our forbearance stock at 31 December 2015, the loans reported as forborne would reduce by GBP166m to GBP539m. The accounts in forbearance as a percentage of the portfolio reduced to 2.3% (2015: 2.8%).

At 30 June 2016, 82% (2015: 87%) of the cumulative forbearance stock had entered forbearance before default. 36% (2015: 43%) of these exposures were keeping to the forbearance terms showing that much of the action had been effective.

Debt-for-equity swaps

At 30 June 2016, we also had equity securities that arose from debt-for-equity swaps in respect of loans of GBP10m (2015: GBP10m).

Higher risk loans and other segments of particular interest

Commercial Real Estate is lending to UK customers, primarily on tenanted property assets, with a focus on the office, retail, industrial and residential sectors. The Commercial Real Estate market experienced a challenging environment in the immediate years after the last financial crisis and has previously seen regular cyclical downturns. In addition to the disclosures on the Commercial Real Estate portfolio earlier in this section, we include below more detail on credit management, credit performance, and sector and LTV analyses.

Commercial Real Estate - credit management

We have a clearly defined Commercial Real Estate credit risk policy and risk appetite, both of which we review regularly in light of market conditions and our exposure to separate asset classes. We assess risk appetite on a deal-by-deal basis taking into account transaction risks and the risk profile. We structure transactions on a case-by-case basis to give us a clear exit strategy at loan maturity. The repayment schedule is driven by a number of factors, including the exit strategy, the opening debt position, the nature of the asset class, the weighted average lease length, the tenant profile and the re-letting risk. All Commercial Real Estate loans benefit from senior positions in the creditor hierarchy.

Commercial Real Estate - credit performance

The table below shows the Commercial Real Estate total committed exposures, non-performing exposure ratios and weighted average LTVs at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015:

 
                                   30 June 2016  31 December 
                                                        2015 
=================================  ============  =========== 
Total committed exposure             GBP10,888m   GBP10,546m 
---------------------------------  ------------  ----------- 
Non-performing exposure ratio(1)           1.9%         1.8% 
---------------------------------  ------------  ----------- 
Weighted average LTV                        52%          52% 
=================================  ============  =========== 
 

(1) Non-performing exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

At 30 June 2016, our non-performing exposure ratio was 1.9% (2015: 1.8%) reflecting our conservative credit risk policy. Commercial Real Estate loans written before 2009 totalled GBP750m (2015: GBP876m), with a non-performing exposure ratio of 24.2% (2015: 16.6%), the increase in the ratio being driven by a continued reduction in the pre-2009 exposures. The pre-2009 loans were written on market terms which, compared with more recent times and following a significant tightening in our lending criteria, included higher original LTVs, lower interest coverage and exposure to development risk.

Commercial Real Estate - sector analysis

The table below shows the sector analysis of the Commercial Real Estate portfolio at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015:

 
                                30 June 2016    31 December 2015 
==========================  =================  ================== 
Sector                            GBPm      %         GBPm      % 
==========================  ==========  =====  ===========  ===== 
Office                           2,819     26        2,430     23 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Retail                           2,198     20        2,093     20 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Industrial                       1,439     13        1,472     14 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Residential                      1,203     11        1,124     11 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Mixed use                        1,254     12        1,219     11 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Student accommodation              245      2          272      3 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Hotels and leisure                 498      5          509      5 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Other                              249      2          353      3 
--------------------------  ----------  -----  -----------  ----- 
Standardised portfolio(1)          983      9        1,074     10 
==========================  ==========  =====  ===========  ===== 
                                10,888    100       10,546    100 
==========================  ==========  =====  ===========  ===== 
 

(1) Consists of smaller value transactions, mainly commercial mortgages.

Commercial Real Estate - LTV analysis

The table below shows the LTVs of the Commercial Real Estate portfolio at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015:

 
                                    30 June 2016                                          31 December 2015 
=============  ======================================================  ====================================================== 
                                  Total               Non-performing                      Total               Non-performing 
                                 exposure                exposure                        exposure                exposure 
=============  ---------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------- 
                         GBPm            %            GBPm          %            GBPm            %            GBPm          % 
=============  ==============  ===========  ==============  =========  ==============  ===========  ==============  ========= 
Up to 50%               4,105           38               -          -           3,807           36               8          4 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
50% to 60%              3,813           35               2          1           3,437           33               -          - 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
60% to 70%              1,093           10               3          1           1,443           14               -          - 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
70% to 80%                143            1              50         24             147            1              16          8 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
80% to 90%                 55            1               6          3             119            1              29         15 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
90% to 100%                31            -              19          9              72            1              48         26 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
>100% i.e. 
negative 
equity                    102            1             100         48              56            -              55         29 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Standardised 
 portfolio(1)             983            9              11          5           1,074           10              16          9 
=============  ==============  ===========  ==============  =========  ==============  ===========  ==============  ========= 
Total with 
collateral             10,325           95             191         91          10,155           96             172         91 
-------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  --------------  -----------  --------------  --------- 
Development 
loans                     563            5              18          9             391            4              18          9 
=============  ==============  ===========  ==============  =========  ==============  ===========  ==============  ========= 
                       10,888          100             209        100          10,546          100             190        100 
=============  ==============  ===========  ==============  =========  ==============  ===========  ==============  ========= 
 

(1) Consists of smaller value transactions, mainly commercial mortgages.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The Commercial Real Estate portfolio was well diversified by sector at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015. The portfolio also represented a diverse geographical footprint across the UK, while continuing to reflect a slight concentration around London and the South East.

At 30 June 2016, the LTV profile of the portfolio remained conservative with GBP7,918m (2015: GBP7,244m) of the non-standardised portfolio at or below 60% LTV. This reflects the vintage of the portfolio as 93% (2015: 92%) was originated in 2009 or later. Most higher LTV deals are older deals still in the portfolio.

At 30 June 2016, loans with development risk were only 5% (2015: 4%) of the total Commercial Real Estate portfolio. All development lending is on a non-speculative basis with significant pre-lets in place.

In H116, no new business was written above 70% LTV, and 96% was written at or below 60% LTV. At 30 June 2016, the average LTV of the non-standardised portfolio, weighted by exposure, was 52% (2015: 52%). The weighted average LTV of new deals in H116 was 50% (FY15: 52%).

The average loan size at 30 June 2016 was GBP4.8m (2015: GBP4.1m) and the top ten exposures made up 8% (2015: 8%) of the total Commercial Real Estate portfolio exposure.

Commercial Real Estate - refinancing risk

As part of our annual review process, for Commercial Real Estate loans approaching maturity, we look at the prospects of refinancing the loan on current market terms and applicable credit policy. We also look at other aspects (such as covenant compliance) which could mean we have to put the case on our Watchlist. In addition, if we do not receive an acceptable refinancing proposal six months before the loan matures, we put it on our Watchlist.

At 30 June 2016, Commercial Real Estate loans of GBP1,452m (2015: GBP1,471m) were due to mature within 12 months. Of these, GBP190m, i.e. 13% (2015: GBP144m, i.e. 10%) had an LTV ratio higher than is acceptable under our current credit policy. At 30 June 2016, GBP181m of this (2015: GBP139m) had been put on our Watchlist or recorded as NPL and had an impairment loss allowance of GBP40m (2015: GBP20m).

global Corporate Banking - Credit risk review

In Global Corporate Banking, credit risk arises on asset balances and off-balance sheet transactions such as credit facilities or guarantees. As a result, committed exposures are typically higher than asset balances. But in the committed exposures tables below, we show Sovereigns and Supranationals net of short positions. They also include Sovereign and Supranational exposures that form part of our liquidity management strategy, managed by Short Term Markets on behalf of Corporate Centre.

Large Corporate reverse repurchase agreement exposures are shown net of repurchase agreement liabilities and include OTC derivatives. As a result, the committed exposures can be smaller than the asset balances on the balance sheet.

The derivative and other treasury product exposures (which are classified as 'Financial Institutions') shown are also typically lower than the asset balances. This is because we show our overall risk exposure which takes into account our procedures to mitigate credit risk. The asset balances on our balance sheet only reflect the more restrictive netting permitted by IAS 32.

Global Corporate Banking - committed exposures

Rating distribution

These tables show our credit risk exposure according to our internal rating scale (see the 'Credit quality' section in the 2015 Annual Report) for each portfolio. On this scale, the higher the rating, the better the quality of the counterparty.

 
                         Sovereign       Large      Financial   Total 
                               and   Corporate   Institutions    GBPm 
                     Supranational        GBPm           GBPm 
                              GBPm 
================    ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
30 June 2016 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
9                            1,267          20            516   1,803 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
8                            3,120       1,736          3,138   7,994 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
7                              980       6,240          2,879  10,099 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
6                                -       8,683            711   9,394 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
5                                -       4,149            131   4,280 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
4                                -         131              -     131 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
1 to 3                           -          64              1      65 
================    ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
                             5,367      21,023          7,376  33,766 
================    ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
9                              889           3            266   1,158 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
8                            2,889       1,769          3,811   8,469 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
7                              789       5,963          2,982   9,734 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
6                                -       8,351            446   8,797 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
5                                -       3,823             10   3,833 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
4                                -         123              -     123 
----------------    --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
1 to 3                           -          32              -      32 
================    ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
                             4,567      20,064          7,515  32,146 
================    ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 

Geographical distribution

We classify geographical location according to country of risk - in other words, the country where each counterparty has its main business activity or assets unless there is a full risk transfer guarantee in place, in which case we use the guarantor's country of domicile instead. If our clients have operations in many countries, we use their country of incorporation.

 
                            Sovereign       Large      Financial   Total 
                                  and   Corporate   Institutions    GBPm 
                        Supranational        GBPm           GBPm 
                                 GBPm 
====================   ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
30 June 2016 
--------------------   --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
UK                              1,122      17,776          3,441  22,339 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Peripheral eurozone               980         789            611   2,380 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Rest of Europe                     48       2,047          1,534   3,629 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
US                                 74          80          1,062   1,216 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Rest of world                   3,143         331            728   4,202 
=====================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
                                5,367      21,023          7,376  33,766 
 ====================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
--------------------   --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
UK                                  -      16,858          3,647  20,505 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Peripheral eurozone               789         762            775   2,326 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Rest of Europe                    872       1,926          1,170   3,968 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
US                                  -         171          1,277   1,448 
---------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Rest of world                   2,906         347            646   3,899 
=====================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
                                4,567      20,064          7,515  32,146 
 ====================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, our committed exposures increased by 5% to GBP33.8bn (2015: GBP32.1bn) mainly due to increases in our Sovereign and Supranational and Large Corporate portfolios.

Sovereign and Supranational exposures increased by 18% to GBP5.4bn (2015: GBP4.6bn). Increased holdings, primarily in UK Government securities, were partly offset by decreases in European government securities as part of normal liquid asset portfolio management and short-term markets trading activity. The portfolio profile stayed mainly short-term (up to one year), reflecting the purpose of the holdings.

Large Corporate exposures increased by 5% to GBP21.0bn (2015: GBP20.1bn) with two sizeable client drawdowns, in addition to other refinancing and origination activities relating to project acquisition finance and transactional services. At 30 June 2016, our direct lending committed exposure to oil and gas customers was GBP1.6bn (2015: GBP1.7bn) and to mining customers was GBP0.9bn (2015: GBP1.2bn). Credit quality remained broadly stable. The portfolio profile stayed mainly short to medium-term (up to five years), reflecting the type of finance we provided to support our clients' needs.

Exposures in our Financial Institutions portfolio reduced marginally to GBP7.4bn (2015: GBP7.5bn).

Global Corporate Banking - credit risk mitigation

At 30 June 2016 the top 20 clients with derivative exposure made up 67% (2015: 70%) of our total derivative exposure, all of which were banks and central counterparties (CCPs). The weighted-average credit rating was 7.3 (2015: 7.4). At 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, we held no collateral against impaired loans in the Large Corporate portfolio.

Global Corporate Banking - credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process (described in 'Risk monitoring' in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report). The table below shows the exposures we monitor, and those we classify as non-performing by portfolio at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

 
                                         Sovereign       Large      Financial   Total 
                                               and   Corporate   Institutions    GBPm 
                                     Supranational        GBPm           GBPm 
                                              GBPm 
=================================   ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
30 June 2016 
---------------------------------   --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Total committed exposure 
 of which:(1)                                5,367      21,023          7,376  33,766 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)                 5,367      19,614          6,933  31,914 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced monitoring                 -       1,131            442   1,573 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive 
 management                                      -         214              1     215 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Non-performing exposure(2)                     -          64              -      64 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
Observed impairment loss 
 allowances                                      -          31              -      31 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                            24 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
Total impairment loss allowances                                                   55 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
---------------------------------   --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
Total committed exposure 
 of which:(1)                                4,567      20,064          7,515  32,146 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)                 4,567      18,176          7,459  30,202 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced monitoring                 -       1,758              4   1,762 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive 
 management                                      -         120             52     172 
----------------------------------  --------------  ----------  -------------  ------ 
- Non-performing exposure(2)                     -          10              -      10 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
Observed impairment loss 
 allowances                                      -           9              -       9 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                            24 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
Total impairment loss allowances                                                   33 
==================================  ==============  ==========  =============  ====== 
 

(1) Includes committed facilities and derivatives. We define 'enhanced monitoring' and 'proactive management' in the 'Risk monitoring' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(2) Non-performing exposure includes committed facilities and derivative exposures. So it can exceed the NPLs in the table on page 23 which only include drawn balances.

(3) Allowance for incurred but not observed (IBNO) losses as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In our Large Corporate portfolio, exposures subject to proactive management increased by 78% to GBP214m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP120m) driven by a single customer in our mining portfolio which was moved from enhanced monitoring. Exposures subject to enhanced monitoring decreased by 36% to GBP1,131m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP1,758m) driven by this customer move as well as some customers returning to performing status due to improved trading.

In our Financial Institutions portfolio, exposures subject to enhanced monitoring increased to GBP442m (2015: GBP4m) due to a secured loan transaction to an existing Watchlist customer. This loan was over-collateralised with high quality assets and is puttable on a quarterly basis.

In our Sovereign and Supranational portfolio, no exposures were subject to proactive management or enhanced monitoring.

Non-performing exposures increased to GBP64m (2015: GBP10m) due to the movement of a single exposure to non-performing in our Large Corporate portfolio.

Global Corporate Banking - forbearance

At 30 June 2016, there were two forborne cases totalling GBP19m (2015: one case totalling GBP10m), of which GBP10m (2015: GBP10m) was classified as NPL.

corporate centre - Credit risk review

In Corporate Centre, credit risk arises on assets in the balance sheet and in off-balance sheet transactions such as credit facilities or guarantees. As a result, committed exposures are typically higher than asset balances. It also excludes Sovereign exposures managed by Short Term Markets in Global Corporate Banking.

Corporate Centre - committed exposures

Rating distribution

These tables show our credit risk exposure according to our internal rating scale (see the 'Credit quality' section in the 2015 Annual Report) for each portfolio. On this scale, the higher the rating, the better the quality of the counterparty.

 
                       Sovereign  Structured  Derivatives  Legacy Portfolios    Social   Total 
                             and    Products         GBPm      in run-off(1)   Housing    GBPm 
                   Supranational        GBPm                            GBPm      GBPm 
                            GBPm 
================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
9                         23,061       1,542            -                  -     3,222  27,825 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
8                              -       1,581          619                  1     3,335   5,536 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
7                              -         620          302                 31       675   1,628 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
6                              -           -            -                559        45     604 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
5                              -           -            -                257         -     257 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
4                              -           -            -                159         -     159 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
1 to 3                         -           -            -                108         -     108 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Other(2)                       -           -            -                527         -     527 
================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
                          23,061       3,743          921              1,642     7,277  36,644 
================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
9                         24,153       1,437            -                  -     3,423  29,013 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
8                              -       1,394          484                  1     2,940   4,819 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
7                              -         761          268                  6     1,072   2,107 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
6                              -           -           21                702       213     936 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
5                              -           -            -                164         -     164 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
4                              -           -            -                146         -     146 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
1 to 3                         -           -            -                 84         -      84 
----------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Other(2)                       -           -            -                596         -     596 
================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
                          24,153       3,592          773              1,699     7,648  37,865 
================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 

(1) Consists of commercial mortgages and residual structured and asset finance loans (shipping, aviation, and structured finance).

(2) Consists of smaller exposures mainly in the commercial mortgage portfolio. We use scorecards for them, instead of a rating model.

Geographical distribution

We classify geographical location according to country of risk - in other words, the country where each counterparty has its main business activity or assets unless there is a full risk transfer guarantee in place, in which case we use the guarantor's country of domicile instead. If our clients have operations in many countries, we use their country of incorporation.

 
                           Sovereign  Structured  Derivatives  Legacy Portfolios    Social   Total 
                                 and    Products         GBPm         in run-off   Housing    GBPm 
                       Supranational        GBPm                            GBPm      GBPm 
                                GBPm 
====================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
UK                            15,641       1,224          302              1,373     7,277  25,817 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Peripheral eurozone                -           5            -                  7         -      12 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Rest of Europe                 1,432       1,505          145                 29         -   3,111 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
US                             4,426           -          474                 21         -   4,921 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Rest of world                  1,562       1,009            -                212         -   2,783 
====================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
                              23,061       3,743          921              1,642     7,277  36,644 
====================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
UK                            19,354       1,202          289              1,420     7,648  29,913 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Peripheral eurozone                -           2            -                  8         -      10 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Rest of Europe                 1,093       1,546          194                 27         -   2,860 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
US                             2,526          50          290                 21         -   2,887 
--------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Rest of world                  1,180         792            -                223         -   2,195 
====================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
                              24,153       3,592          773              1,699     7,648  37,865 
====================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, committed exposures decreased by 3% to GBP36.6bn (2015: GBP37.9bn) mainly in our Sovereign and Supranational portfolio.

Exposures in our Sovereign and Supranational portfolio are mainly cash at central banks and highly-rated liquid assets we hold as part of normal liquid asset portfolio management. The decrease of 5% in the overall exposure to GBP23.1bn (2015: GBP24.2bn) was driven by a reduction in deposits in the UK, offset in part by an increase in US deposits, as part of normal liquidity management.

Legacy Portfolios in run-off reduced slightly in H116 at GBP1.6bn (2015: GBP1.7bn). Social Housing exposures reduced in H116 as we continued to refinance longer-dated loans onto shorter maturities (and on current market terms) that are then managed in Commercial Banking.

Corporate Centre - credit risk mitigation

We reduce credit risk in derivatives with netting agreements, collateralisation and the use of CCPs. For details of our approach to credit risk mitigation, see the 'Global Corporate Banking - credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

At 30 June 2016 we had cash collateral of GBP460m (2015: GBP551m) held against our Legacy Portfolios in run-off. The collateral we held against impaired loans was 100% (2015: 100%) of the impaired loan balances.

Corporate Centre - credit performance

We monitor exposures that show potentially higher risk characteristics using our Watchlist process (described in 'Risk monitoring' in the 'Credit risk management' section in the 2015 Annual Report). The table below shows the exposures we monitor, and those we classify as non-performing by portfolio at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

 
                                    Sovereign  Structured  Derivatives  Legacy Portfolios    Social   Total 
                                          and    Products         GBPm         in run-off   Housing    GBPm 
                                Supranational        GBPm                            GBPm      GBPm 
                                         GBPm 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
30 June 2016 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Total committed exposure 
 of which:(1)                          23,061       3,743          921              1,642     7,277  36,644 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)           23,061       3,743          921              1,448     7,099  36,272 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced 
 monitoring                                 -           -            -                 61       178     239 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive 
 management                                 -           -            -                 11         -      11 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Non-performing 
 exposure(2)                                -           -            -                122         -     122 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
Observed impairment 
 loss allowances                            -           -            -                 70         -      70 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                                                  36 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
Total impairment 
 loss allowances                                                                                        106 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 
31 December 2015 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
Total committed exposure 
 of which:(1)                          24,153       3,592          773              1,699     7,648  37,865 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Performing (Non-Watchlist)           24,153       3,592          773              1,493     7,574  37,585 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Enhanced 
 monitoring                                 -           -            -                102        74     176 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Watchlist: Proactive 
 management                                 -           -            -                 10         -      10 
-----------------------------  --------------  ----------  -----------  -----------------  --------  ------ 
- Non-performing 
 exposure(2)                                -           -            -                 94         -      94 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
Observed impairment 
 loss allowances                            -           -            -                 55         -      55 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
IBNO(3)                                                                                                  47 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
Total impairment 
 loss allowances                                                                                        102 
=============================  ==============  ==========  ===========  =================  ========  ====== 
 

(1) Includes committed facilities and derivatives. We define 'enhanced monitoring' and 'proactive management' in the 'Risk monitoring' section in the 2015 Annual Report.

(2) Non-performing exposure includes committed facilities and derivative exposures. So it can exceed the NPLs in the table on page 23 which only include drawn balances.

(3) Allowance for incurred but not observed (IBNO) losses as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Watchlist exposures increased by 34% to GBP250m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP186m). The increase was driven by a single Social Housing group added to enhanced monitoring due to governance issues.

Non-performing exposures increased slightly to GBP122m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP94m) due to further stress in our aviation portfolio.

Corporate Centre - forbearance

We have only made forbearance arrangements for the Legacy Portfolios in run-off.

Forbearance started in the period(1)

The exposures that entered forbearance in H116 and H115 were:

 
                                 Half year      Half year 
                                        to             to 
                              30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
===========================  =============  ============= 
                                      GBPm           GBPm 
===========================  =============  ============= 
Term extension                          22              - 
---------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Interest-only                            4              9 
---------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Other payment rescheduling              14              3 
===========================  =============  ============= 
                                        40             12 
===========================  =============  ============= 
 

(1) The figures reflect the forbearance activity in the period, regardless of whether there was any forbearance on the accounts before.

Forbearance total position(1)

The exposures at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, analysed by their payment status at the period-end and the forbearance we applied, were:

 
                                        Term                 Other payment               Impairment 
                                   extension  Interest-only   rescheduling  Total   loss allowances 
                                        GBPm           GBPm           GBPm   GBPm              GBPm 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
30 June 2016 
--------------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Non-performing                            21              9             17     47                33 
--------------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                                14             11             10     35                 1 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
                                          35             20             27     82                34 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of Legacy Portfolios 
 in run-off                             2.2%           1.2%           1.6%   5.0% 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
 
31 December 2015 
--------------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Non-performing                            21              8              7     36                26 
--------------------------------  ----------  -------------  -------------  -----  ---------------- 
Performing                                15             43             26     84                 2 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
                                          36             51             33    120                28 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
Proportion of Legacy Portfolios 
 in run-off                             2.1%           3.0%           1.9%   7.0% 
================================  ==========  =============  =============  =====  ================ 
 

(1) We base forbearance type on the first forbearance we applied. Tables only show accounts open at the period-end.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The forbearance started in H116 was higher than in H115 due to a single aviation case that entered forbearance in H116 and a further term extension on a shipping transaction.

At 30 June 2016, the cumulative forbearance stock in our Legacy Portfolios in run-off reduced by 32% to GBP82m (2015: GBP120m). This decrease was due to the application of an exit criteria to our forbearance policy in H116 as described in the 'Forbearance summary' of the 'Santander UK group level - credit risk review' section. Applying these exit criteria to our forbearance stock at 31 December 2015, the loans reported as forborne would reduce by GBP39m to GBP81m.

Market risk

Market risk management

In H116, there were no significant changes in the way we manage market risk as described in the 2015 Annual Report.

Market risk review

We analyse below our key trading and banking market risk metrics.

Key metrics

   --      NIM sensitivity to +50bps decreased to GBP43m and to -50bps decreased to GBP(40)m 

-- Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivity to +50bps increased to GBP145m and to -50bps decreased to GBP(78)m.

The movement in NIM sensitivities in H116 was largely due to further margin compression and changes in the underlying management assumptions.

Trading market risk review

This table shows our Internal VaR for 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, as defined in the 'Trading market risk' section of the 2015 Annual Report. There are figures for exposure to each of the main classes of risk. And for each period, we show the highest figures, the lowest, the average, and those at the period-end.

The VaR figures show how much the fair values of all our tradeable instruments (like shares or bonds) could have changed. Since trading instruments are recorded at fair value, these are also the amounts by which they could have increased or reduced our income.

 
Trading instruments           Period-end         Average           Highest            Lowest 
                               exposure          exposure          exposure          exposure 
=========================  ================  ================  ================  ================ 
                              30         31     30         31     30         31     30         31 
                            June   December   June   December   June   December   June   December 
                            2016       2015   2016       2015   2016       2015   2016       2015 
                            GBPm       GBPm   GBPm       GBPm   GBPm       GBPm   GBPm       GBPm 
=========================  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  ========= 
Interest rate risks(1)       2.4        2.0    2.3        2.8    3.0        4.6    1.7        1.7 
-------------------------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  --------- 
Equity risks(2)              0.9        0.8    0.8        0.7    1.1        1.1    0.6        0.5 
-------------------------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  --------- 
Credit (spread) risks(3)       -          -      -          -      -        0.2      -          - 
-------------------------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  ---------  -----  --------- 
Foreign exchange risks       2.1        0.1    1.0        0.1    2.1        0.1    0.1          - 
=========================  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  ========= 
Correlation offsets(4)     (3.4)      (0.9)  (1.6)      (0.9)      -          -      -          - 
=========================  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  ========= 
Total correlated one-day 
 VaR                         2.0        2.0    2.5        2.7    3.0        4.7    1.7        1.6 
=========================  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  =========  =====  ========= 
 

(1) This measures the effect of changes in interest rates and how volatile they are. The effects are on cash instruments, securities and derivatives. This includes swap spread risk (the difference between swap rates and government bond rates), basis risk (changes in interest rate tenor basis) and inflation risk (changes in inflation rates).

(2) This measures the effect of equity prices, volatility and dividends on stock and derivatives.

(3) This measures the effect of changes in the credit spread of corporate bonds or credit derivatives.

(4) The highest and lowest exposures for each risk type did not necessarily happen on the same day as the highest and lowest total correlated one-day VaR. It is impossible to calculate a corresponding correlation offset effect, so we have not included it in the table.

Banking market risk review

Interest rate risk

Yield curve risk

The table below shows how our base case income and valuation would be affected by a 50 basis point parallel shift (both upwards and downwards) applied instantaneously to the yield curve at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015. Sensitivity to parallel shifts represents the amount of risk in a way that we think is both simple and scalable. 50 basis points is the stress we typically focus on for banking market risk controls, although we also monitor sensitivities to other parallel shifts.

 
                   30 June 2016    31 December 2015 
================  ==============  ================== 
                  +50bps  -50bps    +50bps    -50bps 
                    GBPm    GBPm      GBPm      GBPm 
================  ======  ======  ========  ======== 
NIM sensitivity       43    (40)       131        39 
----------------  ------  ------  --------  -------- 
EVE sensitivity      145    (78)        86      (54) 
================  ======  ======  ========  ======== 
 

The movement in NIM sensitivities in H116 was largely due to further margin compression as a result of lower levels of the yield curve and changes in the underlying management assumptions we used for risk measurement purposes. We updated our assumptions to better reflect the continued low rate environment. This was partially offset by an increased volume of net fixed rate assets left unhedged.

We are also taking actions to be prepared for the possibility of negative interest rates in the UK, including a review of our systems and models, and to ensure any potential impact on our customers is appropriately managed.

Basis risk

We measure basis risk using various risk measures, including VaR. The VaR measure uses the same VaR methodology as our trading book. The basis risk VaR at 30 June 2016 was GBP3m (2015: GBP1m). It reflects our basis risk exposure between the Bank of England Bank Rate (Base Rate), reserve rate linked assets deposited with central banks, the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) rate and between London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) of different terms. The increase in H116 was largely due to underlying net basis position changes as a result of the continued reduction in SVR mortgages and growth in bank account liability volumes.

Inflation and spread risks

The VaR of the portfolios of securities we held for liquidity and investment purposes at 30 June 2016 was GBP5m (2015: GBP3m). The main risk factors remain the inflation and spread risk exposures of these positions. The increase in H116 was due to an increase in spread risk driven by changes in the composition of our bond portfolio as part of normal liquidity management activities and due to an increase in market volatility at the start of H116 and following the EU referendum.

We regularly stress test these portfolios against historical and hypothetical scenarios. Using the possible losses we estimate from the stress tests, we establish limits that complement our VaR-based limits. At 30 June 2016, using historic deterministic stress tests, we estimated the worst three month stressed loss for these portfolios to be GBP286m (2015: GBP259m). The increase at 30 June 2016 was due to an increase in spread risk from changes in the composition of our bond portfolio.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk management

In H116, there were no significant changes in the way we manage liquidity risk as described in the 2015 Annual Report.

Liquidity risk review

We analyse below our key liquidity metrics, including our Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and our eligible liquidity pool.

We then analyse our wholesale funding. Finally we analyse how we have encumbered some of our assets to support our funding activities.

Key metric

-- The LCR improved to 133%. Our LCR eligible liquidity pool increased GBP3.6bn to GBP42.3bn at 30 June 2016, reflecting prudent liquidity planning and an increase in the collateral received for derivatives, which are used to hedge our foreign currency medium-term funding issuance.

Liquidity risk management

We manage liquidity risk on a consolidated basis. We created our governance, oversight and control frameworks, and our liquidity risk appetite (LRA), on the same basis.

Stress testing

Compliance with internal and regulatory stress tests

This table shows the Santander UK LRA and LCR reflecting the stress testing methodology in place at that time.

 
                                                  LRA                      LCR 
                                          (two-month Santander 
                                                   UK 
                                          specific requirement) 
====================================  ==========================  ==================== 
                                         30 June     31 December  30 June  31 December 
                                            2016            2015     2016         2015 
                                           GBPbn           GBPbn    GBPbn        GBPbn 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
Eligible liquidity pool                     36.4            34.4     41.7         37.8 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
 
Asset inflows                                0.7             0.8      1.8          1.5 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
 
Stress outflows: 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
Retail and commercial deposit 
 outflows                                  (9.5)           (9.2)    (7.9)        (7.6) 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
Wholesale funding and derivatives          (3.7)           (9.0)   (14.7)       (16.3) 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
Contractual credit rating downgrade 
 exposure                                  (5.5)           (4.4)    (7.2)        (5.9) 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
Drawdowns of loan commitments              (3.1)           (2.7)    (3.3)        (3.1) 
------------------------------------  ----------  --------------  -------  ----------- 
Other                                      (1.1)           (1.2)        -            - 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
Total stress net cash outflows            (22.2)          (25.7)   (31.3)       (31.4) 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
Surplus                                     14.2             8.7     10.4          6.4 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
Eligible liquidity pool as a 
 percentage of anticipated net 
 cash flows                                 164%            134%     133%         120% 
====================================  ==========  ==============  =======  =========== 
 

The LCR improved to 133% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 120%). We also track our current interpretation of the Net Stable Funding Ratio. Throughout H116 and FY15, it stayed above 100%.

OUR LIQUIDity pool

To minimise our liquidity risk we hold a portfolio of unencumbered liquid assets at all times.

Our LRA and regulatory requirements determine the size and composition of this portfolio.

LCR eligible liquidity pool

This table shows the carrying value and liquidity value of the assets in our eligible liquidity pool at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015. It also shows the weighted average carrying value in H116 and FY15:

 
                          Carrying value        Liquidity value(1)     Weighted average carrying 
                                                                          value in the period 
========================  ====================  ====================  =========================== 
                          30 June  31 December  30 June  31 December     30 June      31 December 
                             2016         2015     2016         2015        2016             2015 
                            GBPbn        GBPbn    GBPbn        GBPbn       GBPbn            GBPbn 
========================  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  =============== 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks            14.0         15.9     14.0         15.9        18.6             19.1 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Government bonds             23.2         18.1     23.1         17.8        14.7             12.5 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Supranational bonds 
 and multilateral 
 development banks            1.4          1.2      1.4          1.2         1.4              1.1 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Covered bonds                 2.7          2.1      2.5          1.8         2.5              2.3 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Asset-backed securities       0.8          0.7      0.6          0.7         0.8              0.6 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Corporate bonds                 -          0.1        -          0.1           -              0.1 
------------------------  -------  -----------  -------  -----------  ----------  --------------- 
Equities                      0.2          0.6      0.1          0.3         0.6              0.5 
========================  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  =============== 
                             42.3         38.7     41.7         37.8        38.6             36.2 
========================  =======  ===========  =======  ===========  ==========  =============== 
 

(1) Liquidity value is the carrying value with the applicable LCR haircut applied.

Composition of the eligible liquidity pool

This table shows the allocation of the carrying value of the assets in our eligible liquidity pool for LRA and LCR purposes at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

 
                                   LCR eligible liquidity           Of which 
                                            pool                         LRA 
                                                                    eligible 
                                                                       GBPbn 
========================   ======================================  ========= 
                             Level   Level 2A   Level 2B 
                                 1      GBPbn      GBPbn    Total 
                             GBPbn                          GBPbn 
========================   =======  =========  =========  =======  ========= 
30 June 2016 
------------------------   -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Cash and balances 
 at central banks             14.0          -          -     14.0       13.0 
-------------------------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Government bonds              22.8        0.4          -     23.2       23.2 
-------------------------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Supranational bonds 
 and multilateral 
 development banks             1.4          -          -      1.4        1.4 
-------------------------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Covered bonds                  1.6        1.1          -      2.7        2.2 
-------------------------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Asset-backed securities          -          -        0.8      0.8        0.3 
-------------------------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Corporate bonds                  -          -          -        -          - 
------------------------   -------  ---------  ---------  -------  --------- 
Equities                         -          -        0.2      0.2        0.2 
=========================  =======  =========  =========  =======  ========= 
                              39.8        1.5        1.0     42.3       40.3 
 ========================  =======  =========  =========  =======  ========= 
31 December 2015              35.6        1.8        1.3     38.7       36.9 
=========================  =======  =========  =========  =======  ========= 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Our LCR eligible liquidity pool significantly exceeded wholesale funding of less than one year, with a coverage ratio of 206% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 183%). The change in the coverage ratio (which is expected to be volatile due to the management of normal short-term business commitments) was driven mainly by:

-- A decrease in wholesale funding with a residual maturity of less than one year of GBP0.6bn to GBP20.5bn at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP21.1bn). This reflected changes in the maturity profile of our wholesale funding.

-- An increase in eligible liquidity pool assets by GBP3.6bn to GBP42.3bn at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP38.7bn), reflecting prudent liquidity planning and an increase in the collateral received for derivatives, which are used to hedge our foreign currency medium-term funding issuance.

OUR Funding strategy and structure

Our funding strategy continues to be based on maintaining a conservatively structured balance sheet and diverse sources of funding.

Deposit funding

Our Retail Banking and Commercial Banking activities are mostly funded by customer deposits. The rest is funded by long-term debt and equity (including funding secured against our customer loans and advances).

Wholesale funding

Wholesale funding and issuance model

Banco Santander is a multiple point of entry resolution group. This means that should it fail, it would be split up into parts. Healthy parts might be sold or be maintained as a residual group without their distressed sister companies. The resolution of the distressed parts might be effected via 'bail in' of bonds that had been issued to the market by a regional intermediate holding company.

Santander UK Group Holdings plc is a single point of entry resolution group. This means that resolution would work downwards from the group's holding company (i.e. Santander UK Group Holdings plc). Losses in subsidiaries would first be transferred up to Santander UK Group Holdings plc. If the holding company is bankrupt as a result, the group needs resolving. The 'bail in' tool is applied to the holding company, with the equity being written off and bonds converted into equity as necessary to recapitalise the group. Those bondholders would become the new owners. The group would stay together.

Santander UK Group Holdings plc is the immediate holding company of Santander UK plc, which in turn is the immediate parent company of Abbey National Treasury Services plc. This structure is a Bank of England recommended configuration which aims to resolve banks without disrupting the activities of their operating companies, thereby maintaining continuity of services for customers.

Composition of wholesale funding

We are active in the wholesale markets and we have direct access to both money market and long-term investors through our funding programmes. This makes our wholesale funding well diversified by product, maturity, geography and currency. This includes currencies available across a range of channels, including money markets, repo markets, senior unsecured, secured, medium-term and subordinated debt.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

As part of our ring-fence planning, from 1 June 2016, Santander UK plc became the issuer in respect of the outstanding notes issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc under its US$30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme, its Euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme, and its US SEC registered debt shelf. Santander UK plc also became the issuer for the following standalone securities: the Euro 60m Guaranteed Step-Down Fixed / Inverse Floating Rate Notes due 2019, and the GBP166,995,000 Zero Coupon Amortising Guaranteed Notes due 2038.

Except for the covered bonds, which will continue to have the secured guarantee of Abbey Covered Bonds LLP, all notes transferred to Santander UK plc by Abbey National Treasury Services plc and all notes issued by Santander UK plc in the future under these programmes will be the sole liability of Santander UK plc and will not be guaranteed by any other entity.

Going forward, Santander UK plc is intended to be our main operating company issuer of senior unsecured debt and covered bonds. Santander UK Group Holdings plc will be the issuer of subordinated debt and Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) / Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) eligible senior unsecured debt.

Maturity profile of wholesale funding

This table shows our main sources of wholesale funding. It does not include securities financing repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The table is based on exchange rates at issue and scheduled repayments. It does not reflect the final contractual maturity of the funding.

 
                            <=1       >1         >3       >6       >9  Sub-total      >1      >2      >5  Total 
                          month      and        and      and      and        <=1     and     and   years 
                                     <=3         <=      <=9     <=12       year     <=2     <=5 
                                  months   6 months   months   months              years   years 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                          GBPbn    GBPbn      GBPbn    GBPbn    GBPbn      GBPbn   GBPbn   GBPbn   GBPbn  GBPbn 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
30 June 2016 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to 
 Santander UK plc(1) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Senior unsecured 
 - public benchmark           -        -          -        -        -          -       -     1.5     0.5    2.0 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities 
 and equity 
 (including AT1 
 issuances)                   -        -          -        -        -          -       -     0.8     1.7    2.5 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                              -        -          -        -        -          -       -     2.3     2.2    4.5 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Other Santander UK plc 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Deposits by 
 banks                        -      0.3          -        -        -        0.3       -       -       -    0.3 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured 
 - public benchmark(2)        -        -          -      0.9        -        0.9     1.7     7.9     2.0   12.5 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured 
 - privately 
 placed(2)                    -      0.7        0.5      1.0        -        2.2     1.3     1.6     0.3    5.4 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Covered bonds(2)              -      0.9        1.6      1.0      0.8        4.3     3.3     5.4     4.1   17.1 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Securitisation 
 and structured 
 issuance(3)                1.3        -        0.5      1.1      1.1        4.0     2.7     1.5     0.8    9.0 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                  -        -          -      0.1        -        0.1     0.1     0.3     2.2    2.7 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                            1.3      1.9        2.6      4.1      1.9       11.8     9.1    16.7     9.4   47.0 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Other group 
 entities 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Deposits by 
 banks                      0.2      0.3          -        -        -        0.5       -       -       -    0.5 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
CDs and commercial 
 paper                      0.9      2.5        1.2      0.6      0.1        5.3       -       -       -    5.3 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured              -        -          -        -        -          -       -       -       -      - 
 - public benchmark(2) 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured 
 - privately 
 placed(2)                    -        -        0.2      0.1        -        0.3     0.1     0.4     0.3    1.1 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Covered bonds(2)              -        -          -        -        -          -       -       -       -      - 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Securitisation 
 and structured 
 issuance(4)                0.1      0.8        1.3      0.2      0.2        2.6     0.7     0.6       -    3.9 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                            1.2      3.6        2.7      0.9      0.3        8.7     0.8     1.0     0.3   10.8 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Total                       2.5      5.5        5.3      5.0      2.2       20.5     9.9    20.0    11.9   62.3 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Of which: - 
 secured                    1.4      1.7        3.4      2.3      2.1       10.9     6.7     7.5     4.9   30.0 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
        - unsecured         1.1      3.8        1.9      2.7      0.1        9.6     3.2    12.5     7.0   32.3 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
31 December 
 2015 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Downstreamed from Santander UK Group Holdings plc to 
 Santander UK plc(1) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Senior unsecured 
 - public benchmark           -        -          -        -        -          -       -     0.8       -    0.8 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities 
 and equity (including 
 AT1 issuances)               -        -          -        -        -          -       -     0.8     1.7    2.5 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                              -        -          -        -        -          -       -     1.6     1.7    3.3 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Other Santander UK plc 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Deposits by 
 banks                      0.1      0.2          -        -        -        0.3       -       -       -    0.3 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured              -        -          -        -        -          -       -       -       -      - 
 - public benchmark(2) 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured              -        -          -        -        -          -       -       -       -      - 
 - privately 
 placed(2) 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Covered bonds(2)              -        -          -        -        -          -       -       -       -      - 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Securitisation 
 and structured 
 issuance(3)                0.9        -        0.7      1.3      0.5        3.4     4.4     1.7     0.7   10.2 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities                  -        -          -        -        -          -     0.1     0.4     2.3    2.8 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                            1.0      0.2        0.7      1.3      0.5        3.7     4.5     2.1     3.0   13.3 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Other group 
 entities 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Deposits by 
 banks                      0.1      0.6          -        -        -        0.7       -       -       -    0.7 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
CDs and commercial 
 paper                      1.6      3.2        1.7      0.6      0.1        7.2       -       -       -    7.2 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured 
 - public benchmark(2)        -        -        0.7        -        -        0.7     1.8     7.1     3.0   12.6 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Senior unsecured 
 - privately 
 placed(2)                  0.5        -        0.2      0.7      0.6        2.0     1.8     2.0     0.2    6.0 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Covered bonds(2)              -        -          -      0.9      1.6        2.5     3.2     3.7     6.9   16.3 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
Securitisation 
 and structured 
 issuance(4)                0.9      0.7        0.7      0.8      1.2        4.3     0.4     0.6       -    5.3 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
                            3.1      4.5        3.3      3.0      3.5       17.4     7.2    13.4    10.1   48.1 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Total                       4.1      4.7        4.0      4.3      4.0       21.1    11.7    17.1    14.8   64.7 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
Of which: - 
 secured                    1.8      0.7        1.4      3.0      3.3       10.2     8.0     6.0     7.6   31.8 
-----------------------  ------  -------  ---------  -------  -------  ---------  ------  ------  ------  ----- 
         - unsecured        2.3      4.0        2.6      1.3      0.7       10.9     3.7    11.1     7.2   32.9 
=======================  ======  =======  =========  =======  =======  =========  ======  ======  ======  ===== 
 

(1) Currently all our debt issued out of Santander UK Group Holdings plc is downstreamed into Santander UK plc on an equivalent rankings basis (e.g. senior unsecured is downstreamed as senior unsecured, subordinated capital instruments are downstreamed as subordinated capital instruments, etc.). However, under the end-state MREL / TLAC regime, senior unsecured debt issued out of Santander UK Group Holdings plc will be downstreamed in a form that is subordinated to senior unsecured debt, but senior to subordinated capital instruments issued out of Santander UK plc.

(2) With effect on and from 1 June 2016, Santander UK plc was substituted in place of Abbey National Treasury Services plc as principal obligor under its existing senior unsecured wholesale securities. For more on this see Notes 19 and 20 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(3) This includes funding from mortgage-backed securitisation vehicles where Santander UK plc is the asset originator.

(4) This includes funding from asset-backed securitisation vehicles where entities other than Santander UK plc are the asset originator.

Reconciliation of wholesale funding to the balance sheet

 
                                                                      Balance sheet line item 
=========================  ========  ========================================================================================== 
                            Funding  Deposits      Deposits      Trading    Financial        Debt  Subordinated   Share capital 
                           analysis  by banks            by  liabilities  liabilities  securities   liabilities             and 
                              GBPbn     GBPbn  customers(1)        GBPbn   designated    in issue         GBPbn    other equity 
                                                      GBPbn                   at fair       GBPbn                instruments(2) 
                                                                                value                                     GBPbn 
                                                                                GBPbn 
=========================  ========  ========  ============  ===========  ===========  ==========  ============  ============== 
30 June 2016 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Deposits by banks 
 (non-customer 
 deposits)                      0.8         -             -          0.8            -           -             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
CDs and commercial 
 paper                          5.3         -             -            -            -         5.3             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Senior unsecured 
 - public benchmark            14.5         -           2.1            -            -        12.4             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
               - 
                privately 
                placed          6.5         -             -            -          2.0         4.5             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Covered bonds                  17.1         -             -            -            -        17.1             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Securitisation 
 and structured 
 issuance                      12.9       3.7           0.5            -            -         8.7             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Subordinated 
 liabilities and 
 equity                         5.2         -             -            -            -           -           3.4             1.8 
=========================  ========  ========  ============  ===========  ===========  ==========  ============  ============== 
Total wholesale 
 funding                       62.3       3.7           2.6          0.8          2.0        48.0           3.4             1.8 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Repos                           7.3       0.3             -          7.0            -           -             -               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Foreign exchange 
 and hedge accounting           4.6         -           0.3            -            -         3.5           0.8               - 
-------------------------  --------  --------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------  -------------- 
Other                          10.6    3.7(3)             -       6.9(4)            -           -             -               - 
=========================  ========  ========  ============  ===========  ===========  ==========  ============  ============== 
Balance sheet 
 total                         84.8       7.7           2.9         14.7          2.0        51.5           4.2             1.8 
=========================  ========  ========  ============  ===========  ===========  ==========  ============  ============== 
31 December 2015               79.7       8.3           1.3         12.7          2.0        49.7           3.9             1.8 
=========================  ========  ========  ============  ===========  ===========  ==========  ============  ============== 
 

(1) This is included in our balance sheet total of GBP169,830m (2015: GBP164,074m).

(2) This is GBP14m (2015: GBP14m) fixed/floating rate non-cumulative callable preference shares, GBP235m (2015: GBP235m) Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments, GBPnil (2015: GBP7m) of Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities and GBP1,550m (2015: GBP1,550m) Perpetual Capital Securities. See Note 24 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(3) Mainly items in the course of transmission and other deposits. See Note 17 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

(4) Short positions in securities and unsettled trades, cash collateral and short-term deposits. See Note 18 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Term issuance

In H116, our external term issuance (sterling equivalent) was:

 
                                            US Dollar    Euro   Other          Total          Total 
                                                GBPbn   GBPbn   GBPbn      Half year      Half year 
                                                                                  to             to 
                                  Sterling                              30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                     GBPbn                                     GBPbn          GBPbn 
================================  ========  =========  ======  ======  =============  ============= 
Securitisations                        0.8        0.3       -       -            1.1            1.7 
--------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
Covered bonds - public 
 benchmark                               -          -     0.8       -            0.8            1.2 
--------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
Structured notes                         -        0.3       -       -            0.3              - 
--------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
Senior unsecured - 
 public benchmark                      0.5        2.1       -       -            2.6            3.4 
--------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
             - privately placed          -          -     0.6     0.1            0.7            0.9 
--------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
Subordinated debt 
 and equity (including 
 AT1 issuance)                           -          -       -       -              -            0.8 
================================  ========  =========  ======  ======  =============  ============= 
Total gross issuances                  1.3        2.7     1.4     0.1            5.5            8.0 
================================  ========  =========  ======  ======  =============  ============= 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Together with our immediate parent, Santander UK Group Holdings plc, our overall funding strategy remains to develop and sustain a diversified funding base. We also need to fulfil regulatory requirements as well as to support our credit ratings. As in H115, the majority of our new issuance in H116 was in the unsecured markets.

H116 presented a challenging market for issuance with macro-economic headlines driving heightened volatility. Oil price fluctuations, weaker equity markets and the EU referendum all contributed to credit spreads drifting wider throughout H116. Authorities however continued to provide support through further rounds of monetary stimulus and maintaining the low interest rate environment. The wholesale funding markets continued to offer us an economically viable source of funding. Taking advantage of the constructive market conditions at the beginning of the year and capitalising on stable windows through H116 we remained active and consequently ahead of our funding requirement.

In H116, our term issuance was GBP5.5bn (H115: GBP8.0bn), all of which was medium-term funding (H115: GBP7.2bn):

-- We issued two public senior unsecured securities, and received downstreamed funding, in the form of loans that rank pari passu with our existing senior unsecured liabilities, from two public issuances by our immediate parent. These downstreamed funding issuances were a $1bn 5 year senior unsecured SEC registered benchmark transaction and a GBP500m 10 year transaction. The two public issuances were SEC registered securities out of Abbey National Treasury Services plc, being a $1.650bn 3 year fixed transaction and a $350m 3 year floating rate transaction.

   --      We also issued two residential mortgage-backed securities and a covered bond. 

Maturities in H116 were GBP5.5bn (H115: GBP9.1bn). At 30 June 2016, 67% (2015: 67%) of wholesale funding had a maturity of greater than one year, with an overall residual duration of 45 months (2015: 43 months). In H116, our continuing strategy of building closer customer relationships through the 1I2I3 World retail offering created additional current account liabilities that further strengthened this stable funding source. The total drawdown of UK Treasury Bills under the various Funding for Lending Schemes (FLS) increased GBP1.0bn to GBP3.2bn at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP2.2bn), demonstrating our commitment to small and medium sized enterprises.

Encumbrance

On-balance sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets

We have issued prime retail mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitised products to a diverse investor base through our mortgage-backed and other asset-backed funding programmes.

We also have a covered bond programme. Under this, we issue securities to investors secured by a pool of residential mortgages.

For more on how our notes issued from secured programmes (securitisations and covered bonds) have been issued externally and also retained, and what we have used them for, see Notes 12 and 27 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

At 30 June 2016, we had GBP58.4bn (2015: GBP63.6bn) of assets encumbered as a result of transactions with counterparties other than central banks. We also had GBP214.6bn (2015: GBP189.8bn) of other assets (assets not positioned at central banks) and GBP26.0bn (2015: GBP28.0bn) of assets positioned at central banks (i.e. pre-positioned plus encumbered).

Our level of encumbrance from external issuance of securitisations and covered bonds decreased in H116 as planned. This reflected our desire to shift new wholesale funding issuance away from the secured markets where possible. We expect our overall level of encumbrance to continue to decrease in H216.

Credit ratings

Independent credit rating agencies review our credit quality. They base their work on a wide range of business and financial attributes. These include risk management, capital strength, earnings, funding, liquidity, accounting and governance.

 
                       Standard 
  30 June 2016         & Poor's      Moody's         Fitch 
===================  ==========  ===========  ============ 
Long term (outlook)  A (Stable)  A1 (Stable)  A (Positive) 
-------------------  ----------  -----------  ------------ 
Short term                  A-1          P-1            F1 
===================  ==========  ===========  ============ 
 

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Following the results of the UK referendum on EU membership, Standard & Poor's and Moody's changed the ratings outlook on the operating company of most major UK banks because of the medium-term impact of political and market uncertainty.

On 7 July 2016, Standard & Poor's affirmed the long-term rating for Santander UK plc at A, with the outlook changed to negative from stable.

Capital risk

Capital risk management

In H116, there were no significant changes to the way we manage capital risk as described in the 2015 Annual Report.

The scope of our capital adequacy

We set out below how we are regulated by the PRA and the ECB, and an update on emerging rules.

Capital risk review

We then analyse our key capital ratios.

Key metric

-- Our CET 1 capital ratio declined to 11.2%, reflecting market-driven accounting impacts on defined benefit pension schemes. There was also an adverse impact in the available-for-sale portfolio, prudent valuation adjustments and RWA levels in the last week of June.

THE SCOPE OF OUR CAPITAL ADEQUACY

Regulatory supervision

Santander UK plc is incorporated in the UK. For capital purposes, we are subject to prudential supervision by the following regulators:

   --      PRA: as we are a UK authorised banking group 

-- ECB: as we are a member of Banco Santander. The ECB supervises Banco Santander as part of the Single Supervisory Mechanism.

Although we are part of Banco Santander, we do not have any guarantees from our ultimate parent Banco Santander SA and we operate as an autonomous subsidiary. As we are regulated by the PRA, we have to meet the PRA capital requirements on a standalone basis. We also have to show the PRA that we can withstand capital stress tests without the support of our parent. Reinforcing our corporate governance framework, the PRA exercises oversight through its rules and regulations on the Board and senior management appointments.

Santander UK Group Holdings plc is the holding company of Santander UK plc, and is the head of the Santander UK group for regulatory capital and leverage purposes.

Our approach to CRD IV

We apply Banco Santander SA's approach to capital measurement and risk management for CRD IV. As a result, Santander UK plc is classified as a significant subsidiary of Banco Santander SA.

For more on the CRD IV risk measurement of our exposures, see Banco Santander SA's Pillar 3 report.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In December 2015, the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) published its view on the calibration of the capital framework for the UK banking system at an end point in 2019. This reflected an aggregate level of Tier 1 equity in the system of 11% RWA, with CET 1 comprising 9.5% of RWAs, plus time-varying elements including the countercyclical buffer. The RWA measures considered for this assessment assumed that the perceived shortcomings of the current RWA measures under CRD IV are corrected. Overall, the FPC expected the UK banking system would only have a little more capital to build, although the required increase could be more significant for some individual banks.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) is developing revised standards for the calculation of minimum capital requirements and RWAs for market risk, operational risk and credit risk to address perceived shortcomings. In January 2016, the BCBS published the revised market risk framework and is consulting on proposals for significant revisions to the operational risk and credit risk frameworks. It is also considering setting capital floors based on standardised approaches. These revised standards, once written into EU law, could significantly impact the measurement of RWAs over the medium term and have a negative impact on our capital ratios.

In addition, the Financial Stability Board finalised proposals on TLAC in November 2015. These set out the minimum level of loss absorbency required by globally systemically important banks from 2019. They are expected to apply to us as we are a subsidiary of the globally significant Banco Santander. In the EU, loss absorbency requirements have been established under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive, under which institutions will be required to maintain an MREL. The Bank of England has consulted on the approach to setting MREL for UK institutions, and it has proposed that MREL requirements could be set at levels equivalent to two times the minimum capital requirements (Pillar 1 minimum plus Pillar 2A) from 2020. It plans to set MREL as necessary to implement the TLAC standard. We will need to ensure that we have enough capital and loss absorbing eligible liabilities to meet this level by the implementation date.

Capital risk management

Our approach to capital management is centralised. We base it on our assessment of what the regulators ask of us, and the economic capital impacts of our business. We operate within the capital risk framework and appetite approved by our Board.

Capital resources

Key capital ratios

The table below is consistent with our regulatory filings for 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

The table below analyses the total capital ratio of Santander UK plc into its component parts:

 
                       30 June  31 December 
                          2016         2015 
                             %            % 
=====================  =======  =========== 
CET 1 capital ratio       11.2         11.6 
---------------------  -------  ----------- 
AT1                        1.8          1.8 
---------------------  -------  ----------- 
Grandfathered Tier 1       0.8          0.8 
---------------------  -------  ----------- 
Tier 2                     4.1          4.0 
=====================  =======  =========== 
Total capital ratio       17.9         18.2 
=====================  =======  =========== 
 

The total subordination available to Santander UK plc bondholders was 17.9% (2015: 18.2%) of RWAs.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The decline in our CET 1 capital ratio to 11.2% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 11.6%) reflected market-driven accounting impacts in Q216 on defined benefit pension schemes, offsetting retained profits after distribution. There was also an adverse impact on the available-for-sale portfolio, prudent valuation adjustments and RWA levels for credit, counterparty and market risk including those in the last week of June.

Our total capital ratio decreased to 17.9% at 30 June 2016 (2015: 18.2%), due to the lower CET 1 capital ratio and the transitional impact of the CRD IV Minority Interest and grandfathering rules.

Pension risk

Pension risk management

In H116, there were no significant changes to the way we manage pension risk as described in the 2015 Annual Report.

Pension risk review

We provide more detail below on the risk profile of the Santander (UK) Group Pension Scheme (the Scheme). We also provide information on the Scheme's accounting position.

Key metrics

-- The pension VaR increased to GBP1,540m due to significant falls in long-term interest rates and increased market volatility, partially offset by higher interest rate hedging levels in the Scheme of 58%, up from 50% in 2015.

-- The accounting surplus of the Scheme and other funded schemes reduced to GBP39m. This was due to an increase in liabilities caused by a fall in AA corporate bond rates without a similar inflation fall, partly offset by strong asset performance.

PENSION risk REVIEW

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Risk monitoring and measurement

In H116, on a funding valuation basis, the inflation hedging ratio of the Scheme was 62% (2015: 65%) and the interest rate hedging ratio was 58% (2015: 50%). Santander UK plc asked the Trustee to increase interest rate hedging to reduce the overall level of risk in the Scheme, interest rates being the largest single risk to which the pension fund is exposed. This change reduced the potential volatility in the funding level of the Scheme caused by changes in long-term interest rates.

We continue to seek the right balance between risk and reward. In H116, portfolio management yielded positive performance mainly from index-linked gilts, interest rate derivatives and equities. Our long-term objective is to reduce the risk of the Scheme and eliminate the deficit on a funding valuation basis. In H116, the triennial funding valuation also commenced, as at 31 March 2016. Negotiations are ongoing with the Trustees regarding the impact this valuation could have on the Scheme, the output of which may impact our definition of long-term goals, the risk profile and our future contributions.

In H116, VaR (1 year, 95% confidence interval) increased to GBP1,540m (2015: GBP1,260m). This was mainly due to the impact of a significant fall in long-term interest rates and increased market volatility, partially offset by higher interest rate hedging levels in the Scheme.

Accounting position

During H116, the accounting surplus of the Scheme and other funded arrangements reduced, with sections in surplus (retirement benefit assets) of GBP377m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP556m) and sections in deficit (retirement benefit obligations) of GBP338m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP73m). The overall position was a GBP39m surplus at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP483m surplus). In addition, there were unfunded defined benefit scheme liabilities of GBP36m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP37m).

The reduction in the overall position in H116 was due to an increase in liabilities caused by a fall in AA corporate bond rates, which drive the discount rate, without a similar fall in inflation. This was partially offset by strong asset performance.

Further information

For more on our pension obligations, including the sensitivity to key risk factors, see Note 22 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Other key risks and areas of focus

Other key risks

In H116, there were no significant changes to the way we manage and monitor other key risks, as described in the 2015 Annual Report, except as set out below.

Areas of focus

In this section, we discuss our country risk exposures, and analyse our on and off-balance sheet exposures with a focus on the eurozone. We show our 'Balances with other Banco Santander companies' separately.

OPERATIONAL RISK

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Cyber risk

In H116, in common with other large UK financial institutions, we continued to be subject to cyber attack. This included an incident that resulted in a temporary disruption to the service offered via our digital channels and was caused by a denial of service attack, launched by an unknown external third party.

We continued to improve our systems, processes, controls and staff training to reduce cyber risk and enhance our data security. This included adding the key findings from the Bank of England led programme to improve and test resilience to cyber attacks in the financial industry into our cyber security IT systems plan for 2016.

Our Cyber Safe awareness campaign continued across the business, including mandatory training and internal phishing exercises. We continued to improve access controls and monitoring for users who have access to sensitive information.

Operational Risk Transformation Programme

We continued to invest in the delivery of our Operational Risk Transformation Programme, which will help us to achieve market best practice in operational risk management.

Operational losses

In H116, the majority of operational risk losses of GBP52m (30 June 2015: GBP46m) were in the 'execution, delivery and process management' category. This was mainly due to remediation costs for historic systems functionality and process issues.

Consistent with industry experience, we continued to see a high volume of low value events in the 'external fraud' category, however, expected losses remained within forecast.

FINANCIAL CRIME risk

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116, as part of our Financial Crime Transformation Programme and our financial crime agenda, we continued to improve our controls, culture and awareness. We:

Further increased the visibility and governance for our accountable executives. We did this in a time of political and media focus, and ahead of expected changes to the UK's anti-money laundering and terrorist finance regime

Intensified our work with the UK Home Office, the Joint Money Laundering Intelligence Taskforce and other law enforcement agencies. We placed a special focus on financial crime policy, which allowed us to give better advice on key emerging geo-political changes

Enhanced our financial crime compliance operating model. We put in place dedicated first line governance and operations, and hired skilled staff to support a more intelligence led second line approach

Further improved our internal data. As part of this, we introduced key risk indicators to track performance against our financial crime risk appetite

Continued to invest in our transformation. We improved our screening and monitoring functions. We also enhanced our controls to support growth plans (such as trade finance) and innovative client propositions, such as using blockchain technology for international payments

Further automated our Suspicious Activity Reporting (SAR) process. This built on positive feedback from the National Crime Agency on the quality of our SAR submissions and improved our ability to provide high quality data.

MODEL RISK

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

In H116 we updated our model risk policy to align it to the framework that was approved in 2015. We continued to embed these across the business, and prioritised our focus on models in Finance and Retail Banking, as well as key model deployments for IFRS 9, stress testing and valuation methodologies. We are reviewing our models to ensure that we are prepared for the possibility of negative interest rates in the UK. We also introduced an executive model owner role that will enhance the year-end attestation process.

Country risk exposures

The tables below show our exposures at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015. The tables exclude balances with other Banco Santander companies. We show them separately in the 'Balances with other Banco Santander companies' section.

 
                         Central and   Government  Banks(1)  Other financial  Retail  Corporate  Total(2) 
                               local   guaranteed     GBPbn     institutions   GBPbn      GBPbn     GBPbn 
                         governments        GBPbn                      GBPbn 
                               GBPbn 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
30 June 2016 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Peripheral eurozone 
 countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Italy                            1.0            -         -              0.1       -        0.1       1.2 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Ireland                            -            -       0.2              0.2       -        0.7       1.1 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Spain (excluding 
 Banco Santander)                  -            -       0.4                -       -        0.2       0.6 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Portugal                           -            -       0.1                -       -          -       0.1 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Other eurozone 
 countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
France                           0.1          0.3       2.4              0.4       -        0.4       3.6 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Germany                            -            -       4.0                -       -        0.3       4.3 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
All other eurozone(3)            0.2            -       1.5              2.0       -        1.4       5.1 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
                                 1.3          0.3       8.6              2.7       -        3.1      16.0 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
All other countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
UK                              13.7          0.4      12.6             15.6   189.5       48.8     280.6 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
US                               4.6          0.3      13.1              1.5       -        0.3      19.8 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Japan                            2.9            -       1.8              0.3       -        2.1       7.1 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
All others(4)                      -            -       3.1              0.8       -        2.6       6.5 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
                                21.2          0.7      30.6             18.2   189.5       53.8     314.0 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
Total                           22.5          1.0      39.2             20.9   189.5       56.9     330.0 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
31 December 
 2015 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Peripheral eurozone 
 countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Italy                            0.8            -       0.1                -       -        0.1       1.0 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Ireland                            -            -         -              0.1       -        0.6       0.7 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Spain (excluding 
 Banco Santander)                  -            -       0.2                -       -        0.2       0.4 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Portugal                           -            -       0.1                -       -          -       0.1 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Other eurozone 
 countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
France                           0.1          0.3       2.1              0.1       -        1.6       4.2 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Germany                          0.1            -       2.2                -       -        0.5       2.8 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
All other eurozone(3)            0.5            -       1.1              0.3       -        1.4       3.3 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
                                 1.5          0.3       5.8              0.5       -        4.4      12.5 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
All other countries: 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
UK                              17.0          0.4       9.6              6.8   184.1       52.5     270.4 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
US                               2.5          0.2       9.0              3.2       -        0.1      15.0 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
Japan                            2.7            -       1.0              0.1       -        1.7       5.5 
----------------------  ------------  -----------  --------  ---------------  ------  ---------  -------- 
All others(4)                    0.1            -       1.8              0.6       -        2.7       5.2 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
                                22.3          0.6      21.4             10.7   184.1       57.0     296.1 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
Total                           23.8          0.9      27.2             11.2   184.1       61.4     308.6 
======================  ============  ===========  ========  ===============  ======  =========  ======== 
 

(1) Excludes balances with central banks.

(2) Credit exposures exclude cash at hand, macro hedge of interest rate risk, interests in other entities, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, current tax assets, retirement benefit assets and other assets. Loans and advances to customers are included gross of impairment loss allowances.

(3) Includes The Netherlands of GBP1.5bn (2015: GBP1.0bn), Luxembourg of GBP1.9bn (2015: GBP0.9bn), Cyprus of GBP37m (2015: GBP39m), Greece of GBPnil (2015: GBPnil), Belgium, Finland and Austria.

(4) Includes Ukraine of GBPnil (2015: GBPnil).

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

Key changes in sovereign and other country risk exposures in H116 were:

-- An increase of GBP10.2bn in exposure to the UK to GBP280.6bn (2015: GBP270.4bn). This was mainly due to increased commitments and undrawn facilities in retail mortgage lending and greater assets held at fair value with other financial institutions, partially offset by decreases in corporate bonds held and loans and advances to corporate customers.

-- An increase of GBP4.8bn in exposure to the US to GBP19.8bn (2015: GBP15.0bn). This was primarily due to an increase in trading assets held at fair value with banks and increased holding of US treasury bills.

-- An increase of GBP1.6bn in exposure to Japan to GBP7.1bn (2015: GBP5.5bn). This was primarily due to the additional purchase of equity instruments listed in Japan as part of increased activity by Short Term Markets, and additional reverse repos with Japanese banks. The equity instrument risk exposures are hedged using derivative instruments and the additional reverse repos are fully collateralised.

-- An increase of GBP1.5bn in exposure to Germany to GBP4.3bn (2015: GBP2.8bn). This was due to increased derivative asset balances entered into with banks.

-- A decrease of GBP0.6bn in exposure to France to GBP3.6bn (2015: GBP4.2bn). This was principally due to decreased trading assets held at fair value with corporate customers.

   --      Movements in the other country risk exposures were minimal. 

Redenomination risk

We consider the total dissolution of the eurozone to be extremely unlikely. We also believe widespread redenomination of our euro-denominated assets and liabilities is highly improbable, despite the result of the recent referendum in the UK to leave the EU. However, we have analysed the redenomination risk that might arise from an exit of a member state from the euro or a total dissolution of the euro and how that would be implemented. It is not possible to predict what the total financial impact on us might be of this.

Determining which balances would be legally redenominated is complex and depends on a number of factors. These factors include the precise exit scenario. This is because the effects on contracts of a disorderly exit or one sanctioned under EU law may differ. We monitor these risks and have taken steps to mitigate them and/or reduce our overall exposure to losses that might arise in the event of a redenomination. We have done this by reducing our balances and funding mismatches. As part of maintaining a diverse funding base, we raise funding in a number of currencies, including euro, and convert it into sterling through currency swaps to fund our commercial assets which are largely sterling denominated.

Our net asset position denominated in euro, reflecting assets, liabilities and related swaps (which are mainly cross-currency derivatives entered into to swap funding raised in euro into sterling for reasons set out above) in connection with contracts denominated in euro, was net assets of GBPnil at 30 June 2016 (2015: net assets of GBP0.5bn). This was debt securities of GBP22.9bn (2015: GBP23.0bn) we issued as part of our medium-term funding activities, medium-term repo liabilities of GBP1.3bn (2015: GBP1.3bn), other deposit liabilities of GBP3.4bn (2015: GBP4.4bn), other deposits by Banco Santander companies of GBP1.0bn (2015: GBP1.1bn), other loans and securities of GBP3.4bn (2015: GBP4.9bn), net trading repo assets of GBP2.3bn (2015: net liabilities of GBP1.3bn) and related swap assets of GBP22.9bn (2015: GBP26.7bn) which swap the euro exposures into sterling to ensure our assets and liabilities are currency matched in sterling.

Our exposures to individual eurozone countries and total exposures to eurozone counterparties, including any euro-denominated contracts, are set out earlier in this section.

Balances with other Banco Santander companies

We deal with other Banco Santander companies in the ordinary course of business. We do this where we have a particular business advantage or expertise and where they can offer us commercial opportunities. This is done substantially on the same terms as for similar transactions with third parties. These transactions also arise where we support the activities of, or with, larger multinational corporate clients and financial institutions which may deal with other Banco Santander companies. We conduct these activities in a way that manages the credit risk within limits acceptable to the PRA. At 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, we had gross balances with other Banco Santander companies as follows:

 
                              30 June 2016                                          31 December 
                                                                                     2015 
=============  ==========================================  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
                Banks  Other financial  Corporate   Total   Banks  Other financial    Corporate   Total 
                GBPbn     institutions      GBPbn   GBPbn   GBPbn     institutions        GBPbn   GBPbn 
                                 GBPbn                                       GBPbn 
=============  ======  ===============  =========  ======  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
Assets: 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Spain           2.2                -          -     2.2     1.5                -            -     1.5 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- UK                -              1.5        0.1     1.6       -              1.3            -     1.3 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Chile           0.6                -          -     0.6     0.3                -            -     0.3 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Norway            -                -          -       -     0.1                -            -     0.1 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Other 
 <GBP100m         0.2                -          -     0.2     0.1              0.1            -     0.2 
=============  ======  ===============  =========  ======  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
                  3.0              1.5        0.1     4.6     2.0              1.4            -     3.4 
=============  ======  ===============  =========  ======  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
Liabilities: 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Spain           4.3              0.3        0.1     4.7     3.6              0.3          0.1     4.0 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- UK                -              3.9        0.1     4.0       -              2.0          0.1     2.1 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Chile           0.6                -          -     0.6     0.3                -            -     0.3 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Norway            -                -          -       -     0.1                -            -     0.1 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Uruguay         0.2                -          -     0.2       -                -            -       - 
-------------  ------  ---------------  ---------  ------  ------  ---------------  -----------  ------ 
- Other 
 <GBP100m         0.2              0.1          -     0.3     0.2              0.1            -     0.3 
=============  ======  ===============  =========  ======  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
                  5.3              4.3        0.2     9.8     4.2              2.4          0.2     6.8 
=============  ======  ===============  =========  ======  ======  ===============  ===========  ====== 
 
 

For further details on the above balances with other Banco Santander companies at 30 June 2016, see Notes 8, 9, 17, 18, 19 and 20 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Governance

 
58    Directors 
      ---------------------------------------- 
59    Statement of Directors' responsibilities 
      ---------------------------------------- 
 

Directors

The Directors of the Company are listed in the 2015 Annual Report. In addition to those listed at the year-end, on 1 April 2016 Peter Jackson was appointed as a Non-Executive Director. José María Fuster stepped down from the Board on 1 April 2016.

Peter Jackson's biographical details are shown below.

Non-Executive Directors

Peter Jackson

Appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 April 2016.

Skills and experience

Peter has extensive experience and knowledge of the financial industry and is Head of Banco Santander SA's Innovation business. He was CEO of the Travelex Group, where he led a major process to transform the company, focused on digital innovation and business re-engineering, and through mergers and acquisitions. Previously, he held senior positions at Lloyds Banking Group plc and Halifax Bank of Scotland plc, and was a consultant at McKinsey & Company.

Other principal appointments

Non-Executive Director of Santander Group Holdings UK plc since 1 April 2016.

Head of Corporate Innovation of Banco Santander SA since January 2016.

Director of Santander Fintech Limited since 9 March 2016.

Non-Executive Director of Paddy Power Betfair plc since April 2013.

Auditors

Deloitte LLP stepped down from their office as auditor at the Annual General Meeting on 31 March 2016 and the members appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from the conclusion of that meeting.

Statement of Directors' responsibilities

The Directors listed below (being all the Directors of Santander UK plc) confirm that to the best of their knowledge these condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, 'Interim Financial Reporting', as adopted by the European Union, and that the half-year management report herein includes a fair review of the information required by Disclosure and Transparency Rules 4.2.7R and 4.2.8R, namely:

-- An indication of important events that have occurred during the six months ended 30 June 2016 and their impact on the condensed consolidated half-year financial statements, and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year, and

-- Material related party transactions in the six months ended 30 June 2016 and any material changes in the related party transactions described in the last Annual Report.

Signed on behalf of the Board by

Nathan Bostock

Chief Executive Officer

15 August 2016

Santander UK plc Board of Directors:

Non-Executive Directors

Shriti Vadera

Scott Wheway

Ed Giera

Chris Jones

Alain Dromer

Annemarie Durbin

Genevieve Shore

Ana Botín

Bruce Carnegie-Brown

Juan Rodríguez Inciarte

Peter Jackson

Manuel Soto

Executive Director

Nathan Bostock

Financial statements

 
 61     Independent review report 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 62     Primary financial statements 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 62     Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 
         for H116 and H115 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 62     Condensed Consolidated Statement 
         of Comprehensive Income for H116 
         and H115 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 63     Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 
         at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 64     Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow 
         Statement for H116 and H115 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 65     Condensed Consolidated Statement 
         of Changes in Equity for H116 and 
         H115 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 66     Notes to the financial statements 
---    ---------------------------------------- 
 

Independent review report to Santander UK plc

Report on the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Our conclusion

We have reviewed the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, defined below, in the Half Yearly Financial Report of Santander UK plc for the six month period ended 30 June 2016. Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, 'Interim Financial Reporting', as adopted by the European Union and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority.

This conclusion is to be read in the context of what we say in the remainder of this report.

What we have reviewed

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements comprise:

- the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement for the six months ended 30 June 2016;

- the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the six months ended 30 June 2016;

- the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2016;

- the Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the six months ended 30 June 2016;

- the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the six months ended 30 June 2016; and

- the explanatory notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, 'Interim Financial Reporting', as adopted by the European Union and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority.

As disclosed in Note 1 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, the financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the full annual financial statements of the Group is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

Responsibilities for the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and the review

Our responsibilities and those of the directors

The Half Yearly Financial Report, including the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements, are the responsibility of, and have been approved by, the directors. The directors are responsible for preparing the Half Yearly Financial Report in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority.

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements in the Half Yearly Financial Report based on our review. This report, including the conclusion, has been prepared for and only for the company for the purpose of complying with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving this conclusion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What a review of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements involves

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (UK and Ireland) 2410, 'Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity' issued by the Auditing Practices Board for use in the United Kingdom. A review of interim financial information consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures.

A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) and, consequently, does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

We have read the other information contained in the Half Yearly Financial Report and considered whether it contains any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants

London

15 August 2016

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2016 and the half year to 30 June 2015

 
                                                    Half       Half 
                                                    year       year 
                                                      to         to 
                                                 30 June    30 June 
                                                    2016       2015 
                                       Notes        GBPm       GBPm 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Interest and similar income                       3,301      3,371 
 Interest expense and similar 
  charges                                        (1,528)    (1,588) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Net interest income                               1,773      1,783 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Fee and commission income                           578        570 
 Fee and commission expense                        (197)      (193) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Net fee and commission income                       381        377 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Net trading and other income           3            290        123 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Total operating income                            2,444      2,283 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Operating expenses before 
  impairment losses, provisions 
  and charges                           4        (1,205)    (1,200) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Impairment losses on loans 
  and advances                          5           (63)       (57) 
 Provisions for other liabilities 
  and charges                           5           (97)       (97) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Total operating impairment 
  losses, provisions and charges                   (160)      (154) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Profit before tax                                 1,079        929 
 Tax on profit                          6          (307)      (195) 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 Profit after tax for the period                     772        734 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 
 Attributable to: 
 Equity holders of the parent                        756        722 
 Non-controlling interests                            16         12 
----------------------------------  --------  ----------  --------- 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2016 and the half year to 30 June 2015

 
                                                       Half       Half 
                                                       year       year 
                                                         to         to 
                                                    30 June    30 June 
                                                       2016       2015 
                                                       GBPm       GBPm 
----------------------------------------------   ----------  --------- 
 Profit for the period                                  772        734 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Other comprehensive (expense)/income: 
 Other comprehensive income that may 
  be reclassified to profit or loss 
  subsequently: 
 Available-for-sale securities 
   - Net losses/(gains) on available-for-sale 
    securities                                          (3)         13 
   - Net gains on available-for-sale 
    securities transferred to profit 
    or loss                                           (115)        (8) 
   - Tax on above items                                  17        (1) 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
                                                      (101)          4 
 ----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Cash flow hedges: 
   - Net gains/(losses) on cash flow 
    hedges                                            3,761    (1,485) 
   - Net (gains)/losses on cash flow 
    hedges transferred to profit or loss            (2,994)      1,321 
   - Tax on above items                               (205)         33 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
                                                        562      (131) 
 ----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Exchange differences on translation 
  of foreign operations                                 (3)          1 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Net other comprehensive income/(expense) 
  that may be reclassified to profit 
  or loss subsequently                                  458      (126) 
 Other comprehensive income that will 
  not be reclassified to profit or 
  loss subsequently: 
  Remeasurement of defined benefit 
   pension obligations                                (489)         17 
  Tax on above item                                     126        (3) 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Net other comprehensive (expense)/income 
  that will not be reclassified to 
  profit or loss subsequently                         (363)         14 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 Total other comprehensive income/(expense) 
  for the period net of tax                              95      (112) 
 Total comprehensive income for the 
  period                                                867        622 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 
 Attributable to: 
 Equity holders of the parent                           856        610 
 Non-controlling interests                               11         12 
-----------------------------------------------  ----------  --------- 
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)

At 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015

 
                                                30 June   31 December 
                                                   2016          2015 
                                       Notes       GBPm          GBPm 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Assets 
 Cash and balances at central 
  banks                                          14,862        16,842 
 Trading assets                         8        29,273        23,961 
 Derivative financial instruments       9        29,943        20,911 
 Financial assets designated at 
  fair value                                      2,534         2,398 
 Loans and advances to banks           10         4,470         3,548 
 Loans and advances to customers       11       200,555       198,045 
 Loans and receivables securities                   204            52 
 Available-for-sale securities         13         9,836         9,012 
 Macro hedge of interest rate 
  risk                                            1,386           781 
 Interests in other entities           14            54            48 
 Intangible assets                     15         2,270         2,231 
 Property, plant and equipment         16         1,503         1,597 
 Current tax assets                                   -            49 
 Retirement benefit assets             22           377           556 
 Other assets                                     1,782         1,375 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Total assets                                   299,049       281,406 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Liabilities 
 Deposits by banks                     17         7,744         8,278 
 Deposits by customers                          169,830       164,074 
 Trading liabilities                   18        14,674        12,722 
 Derivative financial instruments       9        27,765        21,508 
 Financial liabilities designated 
  at fair value                        19         1,958         2,016 
 Debt securities in issue              20        51,544        49,615 
 Subordinated liabilities                         4,214         3,885 
 Macro hedge of interest rate 
  risk                                              482           110 
 Other liabilities                                3,207         2,335 
 Provisions                            21           748           870 
 Current tax liabilities                            173             1 
 Deferred tax liabilities                           192           223 
 Retirement benefit obligations        22           374           110 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Total liabilities                              282,905       265,747 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Equity 
 Share capital and other equity 
  instruments                          24         4,904         4,911 
 Share premium                                    5,620         5,620 
 Retained earnings                                4,702         4,679 
 Other reserves                                     772           314 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Total shareholders' equity                      15,998        15,524 
 Non-controlling interests             25           146           135 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Total equity                                    16,144        15,659 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 Total liabilities and equity                   299,049       281,406 
----------------------------------  --------  ---------  ------------ 
 

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2016 and the half year to 30 June 2015

 
                                                     Half year   Half year 
                                                            to          to 
                                                       30 June     30 June 
                                                          2016        2015 
                                             Notes        GBPm        GBPm 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Cash flows from/(used in) operating 
  activities 
 Profit for the period                                     772         734 
 Adjustments for: 
 Non-cash items included in profit                        (31)       1,463 
 Change in operating assets                           (15,075)     (6,422) 
 Change in operating liabilities                        14,099       1,871 
 Corporation taxes paid                                  (165)       (235) 
 Effects of exchange rate differences                    2,211     (2,058) 
 Net cash flow from/(used in) 
  operating activities                       26          1,811     (4,647) 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Cash flows from/(used in) investing 
  activities 
 Investments in other entities               14              -       (111) 
 Purchase of property, plant 
  and equipment and intangible               15, 
  assets                                      16         (128)       (119) 
 Proceeds from sale of property, 
  plant and equipment and intangible 
  assets                                                    44          10 
 Purchase of available-for-sale 
  securities                                           (1,664)       (915) 
 Proceeds from sale and redemption 
  of available-for-sale securities                       1,634         616 
 Net cash flow used in investing 
  activities                                             (114)       (519) 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Cash flows from/(used in) financing 
  activities 
 Issue of Perpetual Capital Securities       24              -         750 
 Issue of debt securities                                4,585       7,599 
 Issuance costs of debt securities                         (9)        (17) 
 Repayment of debt securities                          (5,082)    (10,472) 
 Repurchase of other equity instruments      24            (7)        (99) 
 Dividends paid on ordinary shares            7          (102)       (261) 
 Dividends paid on preference 
  shares classified in equity                 7            (1)         (2) 
 Dividends paid on Reserve Capital 
  Instruments                                 7           (17)        (21) 
 Dividends paid on Perpetual 
  Capital Securities                          7           (55)        (45) 
 Net cash flow used in financing 
  activities                                             (688)     (2,568) 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Net increase/(decrease) in cash 
  and cash equivalents                                   1,009     (7,734) 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Cash and cash equivalents at 
  beginning of the period                               20,351      27,363 
 Effects of exchange rate changes 
  on cash and cash equivalents                             994       (628) 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 Cash and cash equivalents at 
  the end of the period                      26         22,354      19,001 
----------------------------------------  --------  ----------  ---------- 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

For the half year to 30 June 2016 and the half year to 30 June 2015

 
                                                                         Other reserves 
                                                               ---------------------------------- 
                                              Share 
                                            capital 
                                            & other             Available      Cash       Foreign 
                                             equity     Share         for      flow      currency      Retained             Non-controlling 
                                        instruments   premium        sale   hedging   translation   earnings(1)     Total         interests     Total 
                                Notes          GBPm      GBPm        GBPm      GBPm          GBPm          GBPm      GBPm              GBPm      GBPm 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 1 January 2016                               4,911     5,620          52       254             8         4,679    15,524               135   15,659 
 Total comprehensive 
  income for the 
  period: 
 - Profit for the 
  period                                          -         -           -         -             -           756       756                16       772 
 - Other comprehensive 
  income/(expense) 
  for the period: 
 - Net losses on 
  available-for-sale 
  securities                                      -         -         (3)         -             -             -       (3)                 -       (3) 
 - Net gains on 
  available-for-sale 
  securities transferred 
  to profit or loss                               -         -       (115)         -             -             -     (115)                 -     (115) 
 - Net gains on 
  cash flow hedges                                -         -           -     3,761             -             -     3,761                 -     3,761 
 - Net gains on 
  cash flow hedges 
  transferred to 
  profit or loss                                  -         -           -   (2,994)             -             -   (2,994)                 -   (2,994) 
 - Remeasurement 
  of defined benefit 
  pension obligations            22               -         -           -         -             -         (484)     (484)               (5)     (489) 
 - Exchange differences 
  on translation 
  of foreign operations                           -         -           -         -           (3)             -       (3)                 -       (3) 
 - Tax on other 
  comprehensive 
  income/(expense)                                -         -          17     (205)             -           126      (62)                 -      (62) 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 Other comprehensive 
  income/(expense) 
  for the period, 
  net of tax                                      -         -       (101)       562           (3)         (358)       100               (5)        95 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 Repurchase of 
  other equity instruments       24             (7)         -           -         -             -             -       (7)                 -       (7) 
 Tax on other equity 
  instruments                                     -         -           -         -             -            15        15                 -        15 
 Dividends on ordinary 
  shares                          7               -         -           -         -             -         (317)     (317)                 -     (317) 
 Dividends on other 
  equity instruments              7               -         -           -         -             -          (73)      (73)                 -      (73) 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 30 June 2016                                 4,904     5,620        (49)       816             5         4,702    15,998               146    16,144 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 
 1 January 2015                               4,244     5,620         (2)       262            13         4,056    14,193                 -    14,193 
 Total comprehensive 
  income/(expense) 
  for the period: 
 
   *    Profit for the period                     -         -           -         -             -           722       722                12       734 
 - Other comprehensive 
  income/(expense) 
  for the period: 
 - Net gains on 
  available-for-sale 
  securities                                      -         -          13         -             -             -        13                 -        13 
 - Net gains on 
  available-for-sale 
  securities transferred 
  to profit or loss                               -         -         (8)         -             -             -       (8)                 -       (8) 
 - Net losses on 
  cash flow hedges                                -         -           -   (1,485)             -             -   (1,485)                 -   (1,485) 
 - Net losses on 
  cash flow hedges 
  transferred to 
  profit or loss                                  -         -           -     1,321             -             -     1,321                 -     1,321 
 - Remeasurement 
  of defined benefit 
  pension obligations            22               -         -           -         -             -            17        17                 -        17 
 - Exchange differences 
  on translation 
  of foreign operations                           -         -           -         -             1             -         1                 -         1 
 - Tax on other 
  comprehensive 
  income/(expense)                                -         -         (1)        33             -           (3)        29                 -        29 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 Other comprehensive 
  income/(expense) 
  for the period, 
  net of tax                                      -         -           4     (131)             1            14     (112)                 -     (112) 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 Acquisition of 
  subsidiary with 
  non-controlling 
  interests                                       -         -           -         -             -             -         -               111       111 
 Issue of Perpetual 
  Capital Securities                            750         -           -         -             -             -       750                 -       750 
 Repurchase of 
  other equity instruments                     (83)         -           -         -             -          (16)      (99)                 -      (99) 
 Tax on other equity 
  instruments                                     -         -           -         -             -            12        12                 -        12 
 Dividends on ordinary 
  shares                                          -         -           -         -             -         (325)     (325)                 -     (325) 
 Dividends on other 
  equity instruments                              -         -           -         -             -          (68)      (68)                 -      (68) 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 30 June 2015                                 4,911     5,620           2       131            14         4,395    15,073               123    15,196 
-----------------------------  ------  ------------  --------  ----------  --------  ------------  ------------  --------  ----------------  -------- 
 

1) Includes capital redemption reserve of GBP21m arising from the purchase of GBP300m fixed/floating rate non-cumulative callable preference shares in 2015.

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation

The financial information in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements does not constitute statutory accounts as defined in section 434 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2015 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies. The auditor's report on those accounts was unqualified, did not draw attention to any matters by way of emphasis and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) of the UK Companies Act 2006.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the interim period. All such adjustments to the financial information are of a normal, recurring nature. Because the results from common banking activities are so closely related and responsive to changes in market conditions, the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that can be expected for the year.

The Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34 'Interim Financial Reporting', as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the European Union, and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). They do not include all the information and disclosures normally required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Santander UK group for the year ended 31 December 2015 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Those Consolidated Financial Statements were also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of the IASB (together IFRS). The Santander UK group has also complied with its legal obligation to comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union as there are no applicable differences between the two frameworks for the periods presented.

The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements as were applied in the presentation of the Santander UK group's 2015 Annual Report. Copies of the Santander UK group's 2015 Annual Report are available on the Santander UK group's website or upon request from Investor Relations, Santander UK plc, 2 Triton Square, Regent's Place, London NW1 3AN.

Future accounting developments

The Santander UK group has not yet adopted the following significant new or revised standards and interpretations, and amendments thereto, which have been issued but which are not yet effective for the Santander UK group:

 
 a)   IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' (IFRS 9) - In July 
       2014, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 
       9 which replaces IAS 39 'Financial Instruments: 
       Recognition and Measurement'. The key areas of 
       the standard are discussed below. 
 

Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. Under IFRS 9, financial assets are classified on the basis of the business model within which they are held and their contractual cash flow characteristics. These factors determine whether the financial assets are measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit or loss. For many financial assets, the classification and measurement outcomes will be similar to IAS 39. However, under IFRS 9, embedded derivatives are not separated from host financial assets and equity securities are measured at fair value either through profit or loss or, in certain circumstances, an irrevocable election may be made to present fair value movements in other comprehensive income. The requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities were carried forward unchanged from IAS 39, however, the requirements relating to the fair value option for financial liabilities were changed to address own credit risk and, in particular, the presentation of gains and losses within other comprehensive income. Based on the analysis performed to date, Santander UK generally expects:

 
 -   The vast majority of financial assets which 
      are classified as loans and receivables under 
      IAS 39 will be continue to be measured at amortised 
      cost under IFRS 9; 
 -   Most debt securities classified as available-for-sale 
      financial assets will be measured at amortised 
      cost or fair value through other comprehensive 
      income, with some being measured at fair value 
      through profit or loss; and 
 -   Treasury and other eligible bills classified 
      as available-for-sale financial assets will 
      be measured at amortised cost or fair value 
      through other comprehensive income depending 
      upon the business model in which they are held. 
 

Impairment. IFRS 9 makes fundamental changes to the impairment of financial assets measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, lease receivables and certain commitments to extend credit and financial guarantee contracts. It is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised. Instead, under IFRS 9, an entity always accounts for expected credit losses (ECLs), and any changes in those ECLs. IFRS 9 introduces a number of new concepts and changes to the approach to provisioning. The main features are set out below:

 
 -   ECLs are based on an assessment of the probability 
      of default, loss given default and exposure 
      at default, discounted to give a net present 
      value. The estimation of ECL should be unbiased 
      and probability-weighted, taking into account 
      all reasonable and supportable information, 
      including forward looking economic assumptions 
      and a range of possible outcomes. 
 -   On initial recognition, and for financial assets 
      where there has not been a significant increase 
      in credit risk since the initial recognition 
      date, IFRS 9 provisions will be made for expected 
      credit default events within the next 12 months. 
 -   Where there has been a significant increase 
      in credit risk since the initial recognition 
      date, provisions will be made for those assets 
      expected to default at any point over their 
      lifetime reflecting the asset's full expected 
      loss. 
 -   For assets where there is evidence of credit 
      impairment, provisions will be made under IFRS 
      9 on the basis of lifetime expected credit losses. 
 

Hedge accounting. The general hedge accounting requirements align hedge accounting more closely with risk management practices and establish a more principle-based approach to hedge accounting thereby allowing hedge accounting to be applied to a wider variety of hedging instruments and risks. Macro hedge accounting is being dealt with as a separate project. Until such time as that project is complete, and to remove any potential conflict between any existing macro hedge accounting undertaken under IAS 39 and the new general hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9, entities can choose to continue to apply the existing hedge accounting requirements in IAS 39. Based on the analysis performed to date, Santander UK expects to continue IAS 39 hedge accounting. No changes are currently being implemented to hedge accounting policies and practices.

Transition. The effective date of IFRS 9 is 1 January 2018. The classification and measurement and impairment requirements are applied retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet at the date of initial application. There is no requirement to restate comparative information. For annual periods beginning before 1 January 2018, an entity may elect to early apply only the requirements for the presentation of gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. At the date of publication of these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements the standard is awaiting EU endorsement. EU endorsement is expected later in 2016. Santander UK intends to revise the presentation of fair value gains and losses relating to its own credit risk on certain liabilities as soon as IFRS 9 has been endorsed and is able to be applied. Santander UK is currently assessing the impact that the financial asset classification and impairment requirements will have. While it is expected that the measurement basis for the majority of financial assets will be unchanged upon applying IFRS 9, it is not yet practicable to quantify the effect of IFRS 9 on these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

 
 b)   IFRS 15 'Revenue from Contracts with Customers' 
       (IFRS 15) - In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 
       15. The effective date of IFRS 15 is 1 January 
       2018. The standard establishes the principles 
       that shall be applied in connection with revenue 
       from contracts with customers including the core 
       principle that the recognition of revenue must 
       depict the transfer of promised goods or services 
       to customers in an amount that reflects the entitlement 
       to consideration in exchange for those goods and 
       services. IFRS 15 applies to all contracts with 
       customers but does not apply to lease contracts, 
       insurance contracts, financial instruments and 
       certain non-monetary exchanges. At the date of 
       publication of these Condensed Consolidated Interim 
       Financial Statements the standard is awaiting 
       EU endorsement. Whilst it is expected that a significant 
       proportion of the Santander UK group's revenue 
       will be outside the scope of IFRS 15, the impact 
       of the standard is currently being assessed. It 
       is not yet practicable to quantify the effect 
       of IFRS 15 on these Condensed Consolidated Interim 
       Financial Statements. 
 c)   IFRS 16 'Leases' (IFRS 16) - In January 2016, 
       the IASB issued IFRS 16. The standard is effective 
       for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
       2019. Earlier adoption is permitted for entities 
       that apply IFRS 15 at or before the date of initial 
       application of IFRS 16. IFRS 16 sets out the principles 
       for the recognition, measurement, presentation 
       and disclosure for both lessees and lessors. For 
       lessee accounting, IFRS 16 introduces a single 
       lessee accounting model and requires a lessee 
       to recognise a right-of-use asset representing 
       its right to use the underlying leased asset and 
       a lease liability representing its obligation 
       to make lease payments for all leases with a term 
       of more than 12 months, unless the underlying 
       asset is of low value. For lessor accounting, 
       IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor 
       accounting requirements from the existing leasing 
       standard (IAS 17) and a lessor continues to classify 
       its leases as operating leases or finance leases 
       and to account for those two types of leases differently. 
       At the date of publication of these Condensed 
       Consolidated Interim Financial Statements the 
       standard is awaiting EU endorsement. The impact 
       of the standard is currently being assessed, however, 
       it is not yet practicable to quantify the effect 
       of IFRS 16 on these Condensed Consolidated Interim 
       Financial Statements. 
 

Going concern

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Santander UK group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least twelve months from the date that the balance sheet is signed. Having reassessed the principal risks and uncertainties, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the 'going concern' basis of accounting in preparing the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.

Critical accounting policies and areas of significant management judgement

The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

There have been no significant changes in the basis upon which estimates have been determined compared to that applied in the 2015 Annual Report.

2. SEGMENTS

The Santander UK group's business is managed and reported on the basis of the following segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Global Corporate Banking and Corporate Centre. The Santander UK group's segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business requires different technology and marketing strategies. There has been no change to the descriptions of these segments and segmental accounting as provided in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

As described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report, the internal UK transfer pricing mechanism used to calculate the cost and risks associated with funding and liquidity in each business segment was refined in the fourth quarter of 2015 for Retail Banking and Corporate Centre to reflect the current market environment and rates. The segmental analyses for Retail Banking and Corporate Centre have been adjusted to reflect these changes for prior periods.

 
                                                                                          Global 
                                                                Retail   Commercial    Corporate   Corporate 
   Half year to 30 June                                        Banking      Banking      Banking      Centre     Total 
   2016                                                           GBPm         GBPm         GBPm        GBPm      GBPm 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Net interest income                                             1,489          245           39           -     1,773 
 Non-interest income                                               275           49          184         163       671 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating income                                          1,764          294          223         163     2,444 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Operating expenses 
  before impairment losses, 
  provisions and charges                                         (865)        (170)        (141)        (29)   (1,205) 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Impairment (losses)/releases 
  on loans and advances                                           (30)         (15)         (21)           3      (63) 
 Provisions for other 
  liabilities and charges                                         (76)          (1)            -        (20)      (97) 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Total operating impairment 
  losses, provisions 
  and charges                                                    (106)         (16)         (21)        (17)     (160) 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 Profit before tax                                                 793          108           61         117     1,079 
-----------------------------------------------------------  --------- 
Revenue from external customers                                  2,131          355          254       (296)     2,444 
 Inter-segment revenue                                           (367)         (61)         (31)         459         - 
----------------------------------------------------------- 
 Total operating income                                          1,764          294          223         163     2,444 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 
Customer loans                                                 165,483       21,579        6,830       7,154   201,046 
 Total assets(1)                                               172,666       21,579       44,699      60,105   299,049 
----------------------------------------------------------- 
Customer deposits                                              141,125       19,705        3,232       2,944   167,006 
 Total liabilities                                             144,295       19,705       39,406      79,499   282,905 
----------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 Average number of staff(2)                                     17,205        2,003          867           6    20,081 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
 
   Half year to 30 June 
   2015 
-----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -------- 
Net interest income                                              1,497          221           39          26     1,783 
Non-interest income                                                264           58          165          13       500 
Total operating income                                           1,761          279          204          39     2,283 
Operating expenses before impairment losses, provisions and 
 charges                                                         (890)        (165)        (145)           -   (1,200) 
Impairment (losses)/releases on loans and advances                (85)         (20)           21          27      (57) 
Provisions for other liabilities and charges                      (95)          (2)            -           -      (97) 
Total operating impairment losses, provisions and 
 (charges)/releases                                              (180)         (22)           21          27     (154) 
Profit before tax                                                  691           92           80          66       929 
Revenue from external customers                                  2,244          354          228       (543)     2,283 
Inter-segment revenue                                            (483)         (75)         (24)         582         - 
Total operating income                                           1,761          279          204          39     2,283 
 
31 December 2015 
Customer loans                                                 164,830       20,943        5,470       7,391   198,634 
Total assets(1)                                                171,847       20,943       36,593      52,023   281,406 
Customer deposits                                              137,332       18,102        3,013       3,808   162,255 
Total liabilities                                              140,131       18,102       32,290      75,224   265,747 
 
Average number of staff(2)                                      17,495        2,005          898           7    20,405 
 

(1) Includes customer loans, net of impairment loss allowances.

(2) Full-time equivalents.

3. NET TRADING AND OTHER INCOME

 
 
                                                                                           Half year to   Half year to 
                                                                                           30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                                                                   GBPm           GBPm 
Net trading and funding of other items by the trading book                                           80            100 
Net income from operating lease assets                                                               18             22 
Net gains/(losses) on assets designated at fair value through profit or loss                        219            (4) 
Net gains/(losses) on liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss                     8           (27) 
Net (losses)/gains on derivatives managed with assets/liabilities held at fair value 
 through 
 profit or loss                                                                                   (202)             22 
Net share of profit from associates and joint ventures                                                6              6 
Net profit on sale of available-for-sale assets                                                     115              8 
Net losses on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible fixed assets                     (1)            (3) 
Hedge ineffectiveness and other                                                                      47            (1) 
                                                                                                    290            123 
 

'Net trading and funding of other items by the trading book' includes fair value losses of GBP34m (H115: GBP7m) on embedded derivatives bifurcated from certain equity index-linked deposits. The embedded derivatives are economically hedged internally with the equity derivatives trading desk. These transactions are managed as part of the overall positions of the equity derivatives trading desk, the results of which are also included in this line item, and amounted to gains of GBP35m (H115: GBP8m). As a result, the net fair value movements recognised on the equity index-linked deposits and the related economic hedges were net gains of GBP1m (H115: GBP1m).

In H116, as part of a liability management exercise, certain debt instruments were purchased pursuant to a tender offer. This had no significant impact on the income statement.

In H115, as part of a capital management exercise, certain debt instruments were purchased pursuant to a tender offer. This had no significant impact on the income statement.

4. OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE IMPAIRMENT LOSSES, PROVISIONS AND CHARGES

 
 
                                                                Half year to   Half year to 
                                                                30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                                        GBPm           GBPm 
Staff costs: 
Wages and salaries                                                       366            369 
Performance-related payments                                              65             86 
Social security costs                                                     45             47 
Pensions costs: - defined contribution plans                              26             24 
                      - defined benefit plans                             13             17 
Other personnel costs                                                     30             29 
                                                                         545            572 
Other administration expenses: 
Information technology expenses                                          240            195 
Property, plant and equipment expenses                                    88             91 
Other                                                                    194            206 
                                                                       1,067          1,064 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment: 
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment             100            107 
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets                          38             29 
                                                                         138            136 
                                                                       1,205          1,200 
 

5. IMPAIRMENT LOSSES AND PROVISIONS

 
 
                                                                          Half year to     Half year to 
                                                                          30 June 2016     30 June 2015 
                                                                                  GBPm             GBPm 
Impairment losses on loans and advances: 
- loans and advances to customers (Note 11)                                        108            101 
Recoveries of loans and advances (Note 11)                                        (45)           (44) 
                                                                                    63             57 
Provisions for other liabilities and charges: (Note 21)                             97             97 
Total impairment losses and provisions charged to the income statement             160            154 
 

There were no impairment losses on loans and advances to banks, loans and receivables securities and available-for-sale securities.

6. TAXATION

 
                                                     Half year to   Half year to 
                                                     30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                             GBPm           GBPm 
Current tax: 
UK corporation tax on profit for the period                   321            164 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods                      (10)           (11) 
Total current tax                                             311            153 
Deferred tax: 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences             (3)             38 
Change in rate of UK corporation tax                          (1)              - 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods                         -              4 
Total deferred tax (credit)/charge                            (4)             42 
Tax charge on profit for the period                           307            195 
 

Interim period corporation tax is accrued based on the estimated average annual effective corporation tax rate for the year of 28.5% (2015: 21.6%). The standard rate of UK corporation tax was 28% for banking entities and 20% for non-banking entities (2015: 20.25%). The standard rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 21% to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015 and an 8% surcharge is applied to banking companies from 1 January 2016. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the relevant jurisdictions. The Finance (No.2) Act 2015, which was substantively enacted on 26 October 2015, introduces further reductions in the corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% by 2017 and to 18% by 2020.

The UK Government has announced that it will enact a further reduction in the main rate of tax of 1%, down to 17% at 1 April 2020 (instead of 18%) in the Finance Bill 2016, which is expected to be enacted later in the year. Since the proposed change was not substantively enacted as at the balance sheet date, the effect has not been reflected in these financial statements.

The tax on profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the basic corporation tax rate of the Company as follows:

 
                                                                                Half year to   Half year to 
                                                                                30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                                                        GBPm           GBPm 
Profit before tax                                                                      1,079            929 
Tax calculated at a tax rate of 20% (H115: 20.25%)                                       216            188 
Bank surcharge on profits                                                                 77              - 
Non-deductible preference dividends paid                                                   5              1 
Non-deductible UK Bank Levy                                                               17             12 
Other non-equalised items                                                                  3              4 
Effect of non-UK profits and losses                                                        -            (1) 
Utilisation of capital losses for which credit was not previously recognised               -            (2) 
Effect of change in tax rate on deferred tax provision                                   (1)              - 
Adjustment to prior period provisions                                                   (10)            (7) 
Tax charge                                                                               307            195 
 

7. DIVIDS

a) Ordinary share capital

Dividends of GBP102m (2015: GBP261m) were paid on the Company's ordinary shares in issue during the period. An interim dividend of GBP317m was approved on 29 June 2016 on the Company's ordinary shares in issue.

b) Other equity instruments

The annual dividend of GBP17m (2015: GBP21m) on the Step-Up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments was paid on 14 February 2016; the annual dividend of GBP0.4m (2015: GBP0.4m) on the GBP300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities was paid on 22 March 2016; the annual dividend of GBP1m (2015: GBP2m) on the GBP300m fixed/floating rate non-cumulative callable preference shares was paid on 24 May 2016.

The remaining GBP300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities were repurchased on 22 March 2016 as described in Note 24.

The quarterly dividends of GBP8m and GBP7m (2015: GBP24m and GBP8m) on the GBP500m Perpetual Capital Securities were declared and paid on 24 March and 24 June 2016; the quarterly dividends of GBP6m and GBP6m (2015: GBP7m and GBP6m) on the GBP300m Perpetual Capital Securities were declared and paid on 24 March and 24 June 2016 and the quarterly dividends of GBP14m and GBP14m (2015: GBPnil) on the GBP750m Perpetual Capital Securities were declared and paid on 24 March and 24 June 2016.

8. TRADING ASSETS

 
                                                                                 30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                         GBPm              GBPm 
Loans and advances to banks - securities purchased under resale agreements              1,784               992 
                                                     - other(1)                         5,690             4,441 
Loans and advances to customers - securities purchased under resale agreements          7,147             4,352 
                                                     - other(1)                         2,405             1,608 
Debt securities                                                                         6,523             5,462 
Equity securities                                                                       5,724             7,106 
                                                                                       29,273            23,961 
 

(1) Total 'other' comprises short-term loans of GBP1,088m (2015: GBP665m) and cash collateral of GBP7,007m (2015: GBP5,384m).

Included in the above balances are amounts due from Banco Santander SA and other subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA outside the Santander UK group of GBP413m (2015: GBP126m) and GBP68m (2015: GBP91m) respectively.

9. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 
                                                       30 June 2016                           31 December 2015 
                                                    Fair value                                 Fair value 
                               Notional amount  Assets  Liabilities                        Assets  Liabilities 
Derivatives held for trading              GBPm    GBPm         GBPm  Notional amount GBPm    GBPm         GBPm 
Exchange rate contracts                158,346   4,915        7,254               161,904   4,265        4,936 
Interest rate contracts                942,044  17,884       17,048               738,271  12,774       12,344 
Equity and credit contracts             36,831     942        1,176                37,345   1,470        1,625 
                                     1,137,221  23,741       25,478               937,520  18,509       18,905 
 
 
Derivatives held for hedging 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges: 
Exchange rate contracts                            4,391     636       -      3,213      78     113 
Interest rate contracts                           65,747   1,781   2,211     68,905   1,234   1,288 
                                                  70,138   2,417   2,211     72,118   1,312   1,401 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: 
Exchange rate contracts                           24,138   3,493      20     22,727     989   1,146 
Interest rate contracts                           10,435     289      56      8,407      97      56 
Equity derivative contracts                           21       3       -         21       4       - 
                                                  34,594   3,785      76     31,155   1,090   1,202 
                                                 104,732   6,202   2,287    103,273   2,402   2,603 
Total derivatives                              1,241,953  29,943  27,765  1,040,793  20,911  21,508 
 

Included in the above balances are amounts due from Banco Santander SA and other subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA outside the Santander UK group of GBP1,781m (2015: GBP1,320m) and GBP762m (2015: 458m), respectively, and amounts due to Banco Santander SA and other subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA outside the Santander UK group of GBP2,183m (2015: GBP1,502m) and GBP574m (2015: GBP427m), respectively. The net exposures after collateral to the ultimate parent undertaking and fellow subsidiaries at 30 June 2016 amounted to GBPnil (2015: GBPnil) and GBPnil (2015: GBPnil) respectively, with collateral held exceeding the net position.

Derivative assets and liabilities are reported on a gross basis on the balance sheet unless there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

10. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

 
                                                                             30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                     GBPm              GBPm 
Placements with other banks - securities purchased under resale agreements          1,332             1,247 
              - other                                                               3,134             2,293 
Amounts due from Banco Santander                                                        4                 8 
                                                                                    4,470             3,548 
 

11. LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

 
                                                                                   30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                           GBPm              GBPm 
Loans and advances to customers                                                         200,134           197,833 
Amounts due from Santander UK Group Holdings plc                                              4                 2 
Amounts due from fellow Banco Santander SA group subsidiaries and joint ventures          1,528             1,367 
Loans and advances to customers                                                         201,666           199,202 
Less: impairment loss allowances                                                        (1,111)           (1,157) 
Loans and advances to customers, net of impairment loss allowances                      200,555           198,045 
 

Movement in impairment loss allowances:

 
                                             Loans secured                               Other 
                                            on residential    Corporate    Finance   unsecured 
                                                  property        Loans     leases    advances    Total 
30 June 2016                                          GBPm         GBPm       GBPm        GBPm     GBPm 
At 1 January                                           424          395         69         269    1,157 
Charge/(release) to the income statement              (54)           35          3         124      108 
Write offs and other items(1)                         (16)         (15)        (8)       (115)    (154) 
At 30 June                                             354          415         64         278    1,111 
 
 
31 December 2015 
At 1 January                                 579    558   54    248  1,439 
Charge/(release) to the income statement   (123)    (6)   20    265    156 
Write offs and other items(1)               (32)  (157)  (5)  (244)  (438) 
At 31 December                               424    395   69    269  1,157 
 
Recoveries: 
30 June 2016                                   2      2    1     40     45 
30 June 2015                                   1      1    1     41     44 
 
 

(1) Mortgage write-offs exclude the effect of the unwind over time of the discounting in estimating losses, as described in the accounting policy 'Impairment of financial assets' in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. Mortgage write-offs including this effect were GBP18m (H115: GBP20m).

12. SECURITISATIONS AND COVERED BONDS

a) Securitisations

The balances of loans and advances to customers subject to securitisation at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015 were:

 
                                   30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                   Gross assets      Gross assets 
                                    securitised       securitised 
                                           GBPm              GBPm 
Master Trust Structures: 
- Holmes                                  6,256             7,045 
- Fosse                                   7,997             8,902 
- Langton                                 5,910             6,683 
Other securitisation structures: 
- Motor                                     829             1,069 
- Auto ABS UK Loans                       1,257             1,138 
                                         22,249            24,837 
 

i) Master Trust Structures

Holmes

In H116, there were issuances of GBP1.2bn (H115: GBPnil) from Holmes Master Issuer plc. Mortgage-backed notes totalling GBP2.9bn (H115: GBP2.1bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

Fosse

In H116, there were no issuances (H115: issuances of GBP1bn) from Fosse Master Issuer plc. Mortgage-backed notes totalling GBP0.8bn (H115: GBP3.6bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

Langton

In H116, there were no issuances (H115: GBPnil) from any of the Langton issuing companies. Mortgage-backed notes totalling GBP1.9bn (H115: GBP0.6bn) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

ii) Other securitisation structures

Motor

In H116, there were no issuances (H115: issuances of GBP1bn) from the Motor securitisation structures. Asset-backed notes totalling GBP0.3bn (H115: GBPnil) equivalent were redeemed during the period.

Auto ABS UK Loans

During H116, asset-backed notes totalling GBP0.5bn were issued to new senior tranche investors. During the same period, asset-backed notes totalling GBP0.4bn were redeemed as the new investment allowed some existing investors to reduce their holdings. In H115, the Santander UK group recognised GBP1.2bn notes issued through Auto ABS UK Loans plc as part of the acquisition of PSA Finance UK Limited.

b) Covered Bonds

At 30 June 2016, gross assets assigned amounted to GBP21,866m (2015: GBP23,613m) and notes in issue amounted to GBP20,219m (2015: GBP17,760m).

13. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

 
                    30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                            GBPm              GBPm 
Debt securities            9,783             8,883 
Equity securities             53               129 
                           9,836             9,012 
 

14. INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

The Company has interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and unconsolidated structured entities, as set out in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. The unconsolidated structured entities include Abbey National Capital Trust I and Abbey National Capital LP I, which are 100% owned finance subsidiaries (as defined in Regulation S-X under the US Securities Act 1933, as amended) of Santander UK plc. On 7 February 2000, Abbey National Capital Trust I issued US$1bn of 8.963% Non-cumulative Trust Preferred Securities, which have been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Abbey National Capital Trust I serves solely as a passive vehicle holding the partnership preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital LP I and each has passed all the rights relating to such partnership preferred securities to the holders of trust preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital Trust I. All of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Santander UK plc. The terms of the securities do not include any significant restrictions on

the ability of Santander UK plc to obtain funds, by dividend or loan, from any subsidiary.

15. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

During the period, the Santander UK group spent GBP80m (H115: GBP52m) on additions and disposed of GBP3m (H115: GBPnil) in respect of computer software.

16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

During the period, the Santander UK group spent GBP7m (H115: GBP13m) on the refurbishment of its branches and office premises, GBP35m (H115: GBP44m) on additions to its office fixtures and equipment, GBPnil (H115: GBPnil) on computer software and GBP6m (H115: GBP10m) on the acquisition of operating lease assets. The Santander UK group disposed GBP13m (H115: GBP9m) of property, GBP60m (H115: GBP6m) of office fixtures and equipment, GBPnil (H115: GBP1m) of computer software and GBP22m (H115: GBP11m) of operating lease assets during the period.

At 30 June 2016, capital expenditure contracted, but not provided for was GBP18m (2015: GBP46m) in respect of property, plant and equipment. Assets under construction with a total value of GBP33m (2015: GBP98m) are included in the total carrying value of property, plant and equipment at the balance sheet date.

17. DEPOSITS BY BANKS

 
                                                                       30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                               GBPm              GBPm 
Items in the course of transmission                                             297               326 
Deposits by banks - securities sold under repurchase agreements               3,658             3,900 
Amounts due to Banco Santander SA: 
                       - securities sold under repurchase agreements            377               309 
                       - other                                                  987             1,014 
Amounts due to fellow Banco Santander subsidiaries                              151               135 
Deposits held as collateral                                                     750               438 
Other deposits                                                                1,524             2,156 
                                                                              7,744             8,278 
 

18. TRADING LIABILITIES

 
                                                                      30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                              GBPm              GBPm 
Deposits by banks - securities sold under repurchase agreements                345             1,148 
                            - other(1)                                       3,586             1,629 
Deposits by customers - securities sold under repurchase agreements          6,689             6,510 
                            - other(1)                                       1,247               641 
Short positions in securities and unsettled trades                           2,807             2,794 
                                                                            14,674            12,722 
 

(1) Comprises cash collateral of GBP3,847m (2015: GBP1,559m) and short-term deposits of GBP986m (2015: GBP711m).

Included in the above balances are amounts due to Banco Santander SA of GBPnil (2015: GBPnil) and to fellow subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA of GBP243m (2015: GBP126m).

19. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE

 
                           30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                   GBPm              GBPm 
Debt securities in issue          1,950             2,006 
Warrants programme                    8                10 
                                  1,958             2,016 
 

Details of the Santander UK group's debt and warrants programmes are set out in Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. With effect on and from 1 June 2016 Santander UK plc was substituted in place of Abbey National Treasury Services plc as principal obligor under the US$30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme. This substitution was effected pursuant to a deed of substitution dated 26 April 2016. On and from 1 June 2016, notes issued under the US$30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme are the sole liability of Santander UK plc and are not guaranteed by any other entity in the Santander UK group. Santander UK plc also became the issuer for the following standalone securities: the Euro 60m Guaranteed Step-Down Fixed/ Inverse Floating Rate Notes due 2019, and the GBP166,995,000 Zero Coupon Amortising Guaranteed Notes due 2038. These steps were taken as Santander UK began repositioning the structure of its funding vehicles in preparation for Banking Reform.

Included in the above balances are amounts due to Banco Santander SA of GBP39m (2015: GBP25m) and to fellow subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA of GBPnil (2015: GBPnil).

Gains and losses arising from changes in the credit spread of liabilities issued by the Santander UK group reverse over the contractual life of the debt, provided that the debt is not repaid at a premium or a discount. The net gain during the period attributable to changes in the Santander UK group's own credit risk on the above debt securities in issue was GBP32m (H115: GBP20m). The cumulative net gain attributable to changes in the Santander UK group's own credit risk on the above debt securities in issue at 30 June 2016 was GBP48m (2015: GBP16m).

At 30 June 2016, the amount that would be required to be contractually paid at maturity of the debt securities in issue above was GBP60m (2015: GBP162m) higher than the carrying value.

20. DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

 
                                          30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                  GBPm              GBPm 
Bonds and medium term notes                     42,381            39,772 
Securitisation programmes (See Note 12)          9,163             9,843 
                                                51,544            49,615 
 

Details of the Santander UK group's debt, certificates of deposits and securitisation programmes are set out in Note 30 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. With effect on and from 1 June 2016, Santander UK plc was substituted in place of Abbey National Treasury Services plc as principal obligor under the euro 35bn Global Covered Bond Programme, US SEC-registered debt shelf and the US$30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme. This substitution was effected pursuant to a deed of substitution, novation and amendment dated 26 April 2016. On and from 1 June 2016, the Covered Bonds continue to be guaranteed, in respect of payments of interest and principal, by Abbey Covered Bonds LLP, but are not guaranteed by any other entity in the Santander UK group. On and from 1 June 2016, notes issued under the US$30bn Euro Medium Term Note Programme are the sole liability of Santander UK plc and are not guaranteed by any other entity in the Santander UK group. These steps were taken as Santander UK began repositioning the structure of its funding vehicles in preparation for Banking Reform.

Included in the above balances are amounts due to Banco Santander SA and other subsidiaries of Banco Santander SA outside the Santander UK group of GBP58m (2015: GBP67m) and GBP64m (2015: GBP60m) respectively.

21. PROVISIONS

 
                                   Conduct remediation 
                                        Wealth and 
                         PPI            Investment   Other products  Regulatory-related  Vacant property  Other  Total 
                        GBPm                  GBPm             GBPm                GBPm             GBPm   GBPm   GBPm 
At 1 January 2016        465                   146               26                  93               68     72    870 
Additional provisions      -                     -                -                  36                1     60     97 
Used during the 
 period                 (61)                  (34)             (10)                (47)              (7)   (60)  (219) 
At 30 June 2016          404                   112               16                  82               62     72    748 
       To be settled: 
- Within 12 months       193                   112               13                  44               29     67    458 
- In more than 12 
 months                  211                     -                3                  38               33      5    290 
                         404                   112               16                  82               62     72    748 
 
At 1 January 2015        129                   127               35                  85               76     39    491 
Additional provisions    450                    43                7                 177                6     79    762 
Used during the year   (125)                  (24)             (16)               (169)             (14)   (46)  (394) 
Transfers                 11                     -                -                   -                -      -     11 
At 31 December 2015      465                   146               26                  93               68     72    870 
       To be settled: 
- Within 12 months       227                   146               26                  93               22     67    581 
- In more than 12 
 months                  238                     -                -                   -               46      5    289 
                         465                   146               26                  93               68     72    870 
 

Conduct remediation

The amounts in respect of conduct remediation comprise the estimated cost of making redress payments, including related costs, with respect to the past sales or administration of products. The provision for conduct remediation represents management's best estimate of the anticipated costs of related customer contact and/or redress, including related costs.

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

The table below sets out the key drivers of the provision balance and forecast assumptions used in calculating the provision, as well as the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the assumptions.

 
                                    Cumulative to     Future             Sensitivity analysis 
                                          30 June   expected   Increase/decrease in provision 
                                             2016 
Inbound complaints(1) ('000)                  993      1,224                       25 = GBP7m 
Outbound contact ('000)                       349          9                      25 = GBP16m 
Response rate to outbound contact             34%        40%                     1% = GBP0.2m 
Average uphold rate per claim(2)              54%        66%                       1% = GBP5m 
Average redress per claim                GBP1,804     GBP429                  GBP100 = GBP81m 
 

(1) Excludes invalid claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.

(2) Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

30 June 2016 compared to 31 December 2015

The remaining provision for PPI redress and related costs amounted to GBP404m. Monthly utilisation, excluding pro-active customer contact, during the period was in line with the 2015 average.

On 2 August 2016, the FCA issued Consultation Paper 16/20 (Rules and Guidance on payment protection insurance complaints: Feedback on CP 15/39 and further consultation). The paper recommends a two year time bar period starting in June 2017 which is later than proposed in CP 15/39 issued in November 2015. As a consequence, we have increased the number of estimated claim inflows. The impact on the provision of this increase was offset by updates to other assumptions, including lower than anticipated average redress and uphold rates, based on actual experience seen during H1 and therefore no additional provision has been made in H1 2016.

The CP also includes proposals in relation to how redress for Plevin-related claims should be calculated including consideration of how profit share arrangements should be reflected in commission levels. These changes may impact on the future amounts expected to be paid. The final rules are expected to be in place in December 2016 and the FCA has indicated that further guidance on how the proposals should be implemented will be provided in advance. It is therefore considered too early to quantify the impact on the provision in relation to the CP's proposals on Plevin-related claims.

The total provision at 30 June 2016 represents the best estimate of the future cost of claims. There are a number of significant risks and uncertainties, including the volume of future claims and the amount of Plevin-related redress, which will be influenced by a number of factors including the finalisation of the FCA rules. The provision requirement will remain under review during the remainder of 2016.

22. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

 
 
                                                  30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                          GBPm              GBPm 
Assets/(liabilities) 
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - surplus            377               556 
Funded defined benefit pension scheme - deficit          (338)              (73) 
Unfunded defined benefit pension scheme                   (36)              (37) 
Total net assets                                             3               446 
 

Remeasurement losses/(gains) recognised in other comprehensive income during the period were as follows:

 
 
                                             Half year to   Half year to 
                                             30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                     GBPm           GBPm 
Remeasurement of defined benefit schemes              489           (17) 
 

a) Defined contribution pension schemes

An expense of GBP26m (H115: GBP24m) was recognised for defined contribution plans in the period, and is included in staff costs classified within administration expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement. None of this amount was recognised in respect of key management personnel for H116 and H115.

b) Defined benefit pension schemes

The total amount charged/(credited) to the income statement, including any amounts classified as redundancy costs was as follows:

 
                        Half year to   Half year to 
                        30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                GBPm           GBPm 
Net interest income              (9)            (3) 
Current service cost              17             20 
Past service cost                  -              1 
Administration costs               3              2 
                                  11             20 
 

The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income for the period were as follows:

 
 
                                                                              Half year to   Half year to 
                                                                              30 June 2016   30 June 2015 
                                                                                      GBPm           GBPm 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)         (1,055)             10 
Actuarial gains arising from experience adjustments                                   (28)           (21) 
Actuarial losses/(gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions               1,572            (3) 
Cumulative actuarial reserve acquired with subsidiary                                    -            (3) 
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes                                       489           (17) 
 

The net asset recognised in the balance sheet was determined as follows:

 
                                              30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                      GBPm              GBPm 
Present value of defined benefit obligation       (10,604)           (9,004) 
Fair value of plan assets                           10,607             9,450 
Net defined benefit asset                                3               446 
 

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations during the period were as follows:

 
                                        30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                GBPm              GBPm 
Balance at 1 January                         (9,004)           (9,314) 
Assumed through business combinations              -              (34) 
Income statement charge                        (186)             (384) 
Remeasurement (losses)/gains                 (1,544)               480 
Benefits paid                                    130               248 
Balance at 30 June/31 December              (10,604)           (9,004) 
 

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets during the period were as follows:

 
                                                                             30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                     GBPm              GBPm 
Balance at 1 January                                                                9,450             9,430 
Acquired through business combinations                                                  -                47 
Income statement charge                                                               232               385 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)          1,055             (164) 
Benefits paid                                                                       (130)             (248) 
Balance at 30 June/31 December                                                     10,607             9,450 
 

Actuarial assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions used for the defined benefit schemes were as follows:

 
                                         30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                    %                 % 
To determine benefit obligations: 
- Discount rate for scheme liabilities            2.8               3.7 
- General price inflation                         2.7               3.0 
- General salary increase                         1.0               1.0 
- Expected rate of pension increase               2.7               2.8 
 
 
                                                                                  Years  Years 
Longevity at 60 for current pensioners, on the valuation date: 
- Males                                                                            27.7   27.7 
- Females                                                                          30.2   30.2 
Longevity at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40, on the valuation date: 
- Males                                                                            29.9   29.9 
- Females                                                                          32.2   32.2 
 

Details of the pension actuarial assumptions are set out in Note 34 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

Actuarial assumption sensitivities

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

 
                                                                                                   Increase/(decrease) 
                                                                                        30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                                GBPm              GBPm 
                          Change in pension obligation at period-end from a 25 bps 
Discount rate              increase                                                            (581)             (434) 
 Change in pension cost for the period from a 25 bps increase                                   (16)              (16) 
 
                          Change in pension obligation at period-end from a 25 bps 
General price inflation    increase                                                              386               278 
 Change in pension cost for the period from a 25 bps increase                                     10                10 
 
                          Change in pension obligation at period-end from a 25 bps 
General salary increase   increase                                                               n/a               n/a 
 
                          Change in pension obligation at period-end from each 
Mortality                  additional year of longevity assumed                                  302               218 
 

23. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

 
                                                                30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                        GBPm              GBPm 
Guarantees given to third parties                                      1,579             1,568 
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments         41,283            35,753 
                                                                      42,862            37,321 
 

There have been no significant changes to the contingent liabilities as set out in Note 35 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report, except as follows.

On 2 November 2015, Visa Europe Ltd agreed to sell 100% of its share capital to Visa Inc. The deal closed on 21 June 2016. As a member and shareholder of Visa Europe Ltd, Santander UK received upfront consideration made up of cash and convertible preferred stock. Additional deferred cash consideration is also payable following the third anniversary of closing.

Conversion of the preferred stock into Class A Common Stock of Visa Inc. depends on the outcome of litigation against Visa involving UK & Ireland (UK&I) multilateral interchange fees (MIFs). Santander UK and certain other UK&I banks have agreed to indemnify Visa Inc. in the event that the preferred stock is insufficient to meet the costs of this litigation. Visa Inc. has recourse to this indemnity once more than EUR1bn of losses relating to UK&I MIFs have arisen or once the total value of the preferred stock issued to UK&I banks on closing has been reduced to nil. In valuing the preferred stock, Santander UK makes adjustments for illiquidity and the potential for changes in conversion. Visa Inc. may have recourse to a general indemnity in place under Visa Europe Operating Regulations for damages not satisfied through the above mechanism.

24. SHARE CAPITAL AND OTHER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

 
 
                                                                           30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                                                   GBPm              GBPm 
 Ordinary share capital                                                           3,105             3,105 
 GBP300m fixed/floating rate non-cumulative callable preference shares               14                14 
 GBP300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments                     235               235 
 GBP300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities                              -                 7 
 Additional Tier 1 securities: 
 - GBP750m Perpetual Capital Securities                                             750               750 
 - GBP300m Perpetual Capital Securities                                             300               300 
 - GBP500m Perpetual Capital Securities                                             500               500 
                                                                                  4,904             4,911 
 

GBP300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities

As part of a capital management exercise, the outstanding balance of the Perpetual Preferred Securities were purchased on 22 March 2016.

25. NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

 
                         30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                 GBPm              GBPm 
PSA Finance UK Limited            146               135 
 

26. CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet

 
                                         30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                 GBPm              GBPm 
Cash and balances at central banks             14,862            16,842 
Less: regulatory minimum cash balances          (344)             (340) 
                                               14,518            16,502 
Net trading other cash equivalents              5,440             2,068 
Net non-trading other cash equivalents          2,396             1,781 
Cash and cash equivalents                      22,354            20,351 
 

27. ASSETS CHARGED AS SECURITY FOR LIABILITIES AND COLLATERAL ACCEPTED AS SECURITY FOR ASSETS

Securitisations and covered bonds

As described in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report, Santander UK plc and certain of its subsidiaries enter into securitisation transactions whereby portfolios of residential mortgage loans and other loans are purchased by or assigned to structured securitisation companies, and have been funded through the issue of mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities. Holders of the securities are only entitled to obtain payments of principal and interest to the extent that the resources of the securitisation companies are sufficient to support such payments and the holders of the securities have agreed in writing not to seek recourse in any other form. At 30 June 2016, GBP525m (2015: GBP947m) of loans were so assigned by the Santander UK group.

Santander UK plc also has a covered bond programme, whereby securities are issued to investors and are secured by a pool of residential mortgages. At 30 June 2016, the pool of residential mortgages for the covered bond programme was GBP21,866m (2015: GBP23,613m).

At 30 June 2016, total notes issued externally from secured programmes (securitisations and covered bonds) increased to GBP27,432m (2015: GBP25,885m), including gross issuance of GBP1,147m (2015: GBP3,068m) and redemptions of GBP2,227m (2015: GBP9,840m). At 30 June 2016, a total of GBP8,138m (2015: GBP11,110m) of notes issued under securitisation and covered bond programmes had also been retained internally, a proportion of which had been used as collateral for raising funds via third party bilateral secured funding transactions, which totalled GBP4,619m at 30 June 2016 (2015: GBP5,393m), or for creating collateral which could in the future be used for liquidity purposes.

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

a) Measurement basis of financial assets and liabilities

The Santander UK group categorises assets and liabilities measured at fair value within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to the valuation techniques as described in Note 43(a) in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 2015 Annual Report.

b) Fair values of financial instruments carried at amortised cost

The following tables analyse the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortised cost at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy - level 1, level 2 and level 3.

Details of the valuation methodology of the financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost can be found in Note 43(c) in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 2015 Annual Report.

 
                                                               30 June 2016                         31 December 2015 
                                              Fair value                               Fair value 
                                     Level 2     Level 3    Total  Carrying   Level 2     Level 3    Total  Carrying 
                                                                      value                                    value 
                                        GBPm        GBPm     GBPm      GBPm      GBPm        GBPm     GBPm      GBPm 
Assets 
Loans and advances to banks            3,895         428    4,323     4,470     3,006         431    3,437     3,548 
 
Loans and         Advances secured 
 advances to       on residential 
 customers         property                -     157,062  157,062   153,528         -     156,105  156,105   152,837 
 Corporate loans                       6,507      26,259   32,766    32,839     6,426      24,821   31,247    31,515 
 Other advances                            -      14,175   14,175    14,188         -      13,685   13,685    13,693 
                                       6,507     197,496  204,003   200,555     6,426     194,611  201,037   198,045 
 
Loans and receivables securities         215           -      215       204        63           -       63        52 
 
Liabilities 
                  Securities sold 
                   under 
Deposits by        agreements to 
 banks             repurchase          4,061           -    4,061     4,035     4,265           -    4,265     4,209 
 Other deposits                        3,145         572    3,717     3,709     3,577         501    4,078     4,069 
                                       7,206         572    7,778     7,744     7,842         501    8,343     8,278 
 
Deposits by       Current and 
 customers         demand accounts         -      90,510   90,510    90,510         -      76,193   76,193    76,193 
 Savings accounts                          -      53,261   53,261    53,018         -      59,580   59,580    59,420 
 Time deposits                             -      25,856   25,856    25,800         -      28,085   28,085    27,959 
 Securities sold under 
  agreements to repurchase               596           -      596       502       546           -      546       502 
                                         596     169,627  170,223   169,830       546     163,858  164,404   164,074 
 
Debt securities   Bonds and medium 
 in issue          term notes         44,130           -   44,130    42,381    41,425           -   41,425    39,772 
 Securitisation programmes             8,268       1,205    9,473     9,163     8,942         997    9,939     9,843 
                                      52,398       1,205   53,603    51,544    50,367         997   51,364    49,615 
 
Subordinated liabilities               4,406           -    4,406     4,214     4,022           -    4,022     3,885 
 

c) Fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following tables summarise the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015, analysed by their levels in the fair value hierarchy - Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the period in which they occur. During H116, the following financial instruments were transferred between Levels 1 and 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 
-  Available-for-sale debt securities - Debt securities with fair values of GBP25m were transferred 
    from Level 1 to Level 2 principally due to a lack of market transactions in these instruments. 
 

During H116, there were no transfers of financial instruments between Levels 2 and 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Transfers relating to the FY15 are disclosed in Note 43(d) in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 2015 Annual Report.

 
                                                                       Fair value 
Balance sheet category                         30 June 2016                     31 December 2015 
                                     Level 1  Level 2  Level 3   Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3   Total  Valuation 
                                        GBPm     GBPm     GBPm    GBPm     GBPm     GBPm     GBPm    GBPm  technique 
Assets 
                     Loans and 
                      advances to 
Trading assets        banks                -    7,474        -   7,474        -    5,433        -   5,433          A 
 Loans and advances to customers       1,010    8,542        -   9,552      580    5,380        -   5,960          A 
 Debt securities                       6,523        -        -   6,523    5,462        -        -   5,462          - 
 Equity securities                     5,724        -        -   5,724    7,106        -        -   7,106          - 
 
                     Exchange rate 
Derivative assets     contracts            -    9,014       30   9,044        -    5,277       55   5,332          A 
 Interest rate contracts                   -   19,937       17  19,954        -   14,087       18  14,105      A & C 
 Equity and credit contracts              88      737      120     945       88    1,271      115   1,474      B & D 
 
Financial assets     Loans and 
 designated at fair   advances to 
 value                customers            -    1,930       71   2,001        -    1,832       59   1,891          A 
 Debt securities                           -      316      217     533        -      299      208     507      A & B 
 
Available-for-sale   Equity 
 securities           securities          16       12       25      53       17       12      100     129          B 
 Debt securities                       9,783        -        -   9,783    8,856       27        -   8,883          C 
Total assets at fair value            23,144   47,962      480  71,586   22,109   33,618      555  56,282 
 
Liabilities 
                     Deposits by 
Trading liabilities   banks                -    3,931        -   3,931        -    2,777        -   2,777          A 
 Deposits by customers                     -    7,936        -   7,936        -    7,151        -   7,151          A 
 Short positions                       2,807        -        -   2,807    2,794        -        -   2,794          - 
 
Derivative           Exchange rate 
 liabilities          contracts            -    7,247       27   7,274        -    6,140       55   6,195          A 
 Interest rate contracts                   -   19,305       10  19,315        1   13,677       10  13,688      A & C 
 Equity and credit contracts               -    1,131       45   1,176        2    1,583       40   1,625      B & D 
 
Financial 
 liabilities         Debt 
 designated at fair   securities in 
 value                issue                -    1,951        7   1,958        -    2,011        5   2,016          A 
Total liabilities at fair value        2,807   41,501       89  44,397    2,797   33,339      110  36,246 
 

d) Valuation techniques

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments are disclosed in Note 43(e) in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 2015 Annual Report. The Santander UK group did not make any material changes to the valuation techniques and internal models it used during H116.

e) Fair value adjustments

The internal models incorporate assumptions that the Santander UK group believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. Fair value adjustments are adopted when the Santander UK group considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated in the valuation model.

The Santander UK group classifies fair value adjustments as either 'risk-related' or 'model-related'. The fair value adjustments form part of the portfolio fair value and are included in the balance sheet values of the product types to which they have been applied. The majority of these adjustments relate to Global Corporate Banking. The magnitude and types of fair value adjustment adopted by Global Corporate Banking are listed in the following table:

 
                                             30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                     GBPm              GBPm 
Risk-related: 
- Bid-offer and trade specific adjustments             46                46 
- Uncertainty                                          50                42 
- Credit risk adjustment                                5                23 
                                                      101               111 
Model-related                                           4                 6 
Day One profits                                         3                 1 
                                                      108               118 
 

Risk-related adjustments

Risk-related adjustments are driven, in part, by the magnitude of the Santander UK group's market or credit risk exposure, and by external market factors, such as the size of market spreads. For further details, see the 'Risk-related adjustments' section in Note 43(f) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

f) Internal models based on information other than market data (Level 3)

Valuation techniques

There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques as set out in Note 43(i) to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report.

Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table provides a reconciliation of the movement between opening and closing balances of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

 
                                            Assets                                        Liabilities 
                   Derivatives         Fair value  Available-for-sale  Total  Derivatives        Fair value  Total 
                                      through P&L                                               through P&L 
                          GBPm               GBPm                GBPm   GBPm         GBPm              GBPm   GBPm 
At 1 January 2016          188                267                 100    555        (105)               (5)  (110) 
Total 
gains/(losses) 
recognised in 
profit/(loss): 
- Fair value 
 movements                 (2)                 36                   -     34            8               (1)      7 
- Foreign 
 exchange and 
 other movements             1                  -                   -      1            -               (1)    (1) 
Gains recognised 
 in other 
 comprehensive 
 income                      -                  -                  19     19            -                 -      - 
Additions                    -                  -                  25     25            -                 -      - 
Sales                        -                  -               (119)  (119)            -                 -      - 
Settlements               (20)               (15)                   -   (35)           15                 -     15 
At 30 June 2016            167                288                  25    480         (82)               (7)   (89) 
 
Gains/(losses) 
 recognised in 
 profit/(loss) 
 relating to 
 assets and 
 liabilities held 
 at the 
 end of the 
 period                    (1)                 36                   -     35            8               (2)      6 
 
 
 
At 1 January 2015                                                           152   281    -   433   (51)  (13)   (64) 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit/(loss): 
- Fair value movements                                                     (10)    19    -     9    (3)   (4)    (7) 
Gains recognised in other comprehensive income                                -     -  100   100      -     -      - 
Transfers in                                                                 63     -    -    63   (61)     -   (61) 
Settlements                                                                (17)  (33)    -  (50)     10    12     22 
At 31 December 2015                                                         188   267  100   555  (105)   (5)  (110) 
 
Gains/(losses) recognised in profit/(loss) relating to assets and 
 liabilities held at the 
 end of the period                                                         (10)    19    -     9    (3)   (4)    (7) 
 

Total gains or losses are included in 'Net trading and other income' (see Note 3).

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives (Level 3)

The fair value of financial instruments are, in certain circumstances, measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data and, as such require the application of a degree of judgement. Changing one or more of the inputs to the valuation models to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would change the fair values significantly. The following table shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions.

Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable input as described in the table below. The potential effects do not take into effect any hedged positions.

 
30 June 2016                                                           Significant unobservable input                        Sensitivity 
                                                         Fair                              Assumption value 
                                                        value 
                                                         GBPm 
                                                                                        Range(1)    Weighted           Favourable  Unfavourable 
                                                                                                    average               changes       changes 
Balance sheet note line item and product                       Assumption description                           Shift        GBPm          GBPm 
3. Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts: 
 - Bermudan swaptions                                       9  Mean reversion              0%-4%            1%     1%           1           (1) 
  5. Derivative assets - Equity and credit contracts:      93  HPI Forward growth rate     0%-5%         2.75%     1%          13          (13) 
   - Reversionary property derivatives                          HPI Spot rate                n/a        729(2)    10%          10          (10) 
  6. Derivative assets - Credit contracts: 
   - Credit default swaps                                   4  Probability of default      0%-2%         0.38%    20%           1           (1) 
  7. Derivative assets - Equity contracts:                 23  HPI Forward growth rate     0%-5%         2.51%     1%           1           (1) 
   - Options and forwards                                       HPI Spot rate                n/a        699(2)    10%           3           (2) 
  8. FVTPL - Loans and advances to customers: 
   - Roll-up mortgage portfolio                            71  HPI Forward growth rate     0%-5%         2.83%     1%           3           (3) 
  9. FVTPL - Debt securities:                             217  HPI Forward growth rate     0%-5%         2.75%     1%          15          (15) 
   - Reversionary property securities                           HPI Spot rate                n/a        729(2)    10%          20          (20) 
11. AFS - Equity securities:                                   Contingent litigation 
 - Unlisted equity shares                                  25  risk                      0%-100%           56%    20%        6(3)        (6)(3) 
  13. Derivative liabilities - Interest rate 
   contracts: 
    *    Bermudan swaptions                               (3)  Mean reversion              0%-4%            1%     1%           1           (1) 
  15. Derivative liabilities - Equity contracts:         (45)  HPI Forward growth rate     0%-5%         2.51%     1%           5           (5) 
   - Options and forwards                                       HPI Spot rate                n/a        699(2)    10%          10          (10) 
 
 
31 December 2015                                                        Significant unobservable input                        Sensitivity 
                                                         Fair                              Assumption value 
                                                        value                                                           Favourable  Unfavourable 
                                                         GBPm                            Range(1)    Weighted              changes       changes 
Balance sheet note line item and product                       Assumption description                average     Shift        GBPm          GBPm 
3. Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts: 
 - Bermudan swaptions                                      10  Mean reversion               0%-4%            2%     1%           1           (1) 
  5. Derivative assets - Equity and credit contracts:      81  HPI Forward growth rate      0%-5%         2.65%     1%          11          (11) 
   - Reversionary property derivatives                          HPI Spot rate                 n/a        688(2)    10%           8           (8) 
  6. Derivative assets - Credit contracts: 
   - Credit default swaps                                   4  Probability of default       0%-2%         0.38%    20%           1           (1) 
  7. Derivative assets - Equity contracts:                 30  HPI Forward growth rate      0%-5%         2.09%     1%           1           (1) 
   - Options and forwards                                       HPI Spot rate                 n/a        659(2)    10%           2           (1) 
  8. FVTPL - Loans and advances to customers: 
   - Roll-up mortgage portfolio                            59  HPI Forward growth rate      0%-5%         2.79%     1%           2           (2) 
  9. FVTPL - Debt securities:                             208  HPI Forward growth rate      0%-5%         2.65%     1%          14          (14) 
   - Reversionary property securities                           HPI Spot rate                 n/a        688(2)    10%          19          (19) 
11. AFS - Equity securities:                                   Contingent litigation 
 - Unlisted equity shares                                 100  risk                        0%-36%           18%    20%        5(3)        (5)(3) 
  13. Derivative liabilities - Interest rate 
   contracts: 
    *    Bermudan swaptions                               (4)  Mean reversion               0%-4%            2%     1%           1           (1) 
  15. Derivative liabilities - Equity contracts:         (40)  HPI Forward growth rate      0%-5%         2.09%     1%           5           (5) 
   - Options and forwards                                       HPI Spot rate                 n/a        659(2)    10%          13          (13) 
 

(1) The range of actual assumption values used to calculate the weighted average disclosure.

(2) Represents the HPI spot rate index level at 30 June 2016 and 31 December 2015.

(3) Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale are recognised in other comprehensive income; for all other assets and liabilities shown in the tables above, gains and losses arising from changes in their fair value are recognised in the income statement.

No sensitivities are presented for Derivative assets - securitisation cross currency swaps (instrument 2), Derivative assets - securitisation swaps (instrument 4) and the FVTPL - debt securities in issue (instrument 16), and related exchange rate and interest rate derivatives (instruments 1, 12 and 14) as the terms of these instruments are fully matched. As a result, any changes in the valuation of the debt securities in issue would be exactly offset by an equal and opposite change in the valuation of the exchange rate derivatives.

29. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

The financial position and performance of the Santander UK group have not been materially affected in H116 by any related party transactions, or changes to related party transactions, except as disclosed in the other Notes to these Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements or otherwise described below.

Further information on balances due from/(to) other Banco Santander SA group companies is set out in the section 'Balances with other Banco Santander SA group companies' in the 'Country risk exposure' section in the Risk review. In addition, transactions with pension schemes operated by the Santander UK group are described in Note 22. Further information on related party transactions during the period and balances outstanding at the period-end is described in the other Notes.

These transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and substantially on the same terms as for comparable transactions with third party counterparties and within limits acceptable to the PRA. Such transactions do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any unfavourable features.

30. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

There have been no significant events between 30 June 2016 and the date of approval of these financial statements which would require a change to or additional disclosure in the financial statements.

Risk factors

An investment in Santander UK plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (us, we or Santander UK) involves a number of risks, the material ones of which are set out in the 2015 Annual Report on pages 300 to 320. The principal risks described in these risk factors, a summary of which can be found in the 'Forward-looking statements' section, remain unchanged except for the risk factors entitled "Exposure to UK political developments could have a material adverse effect on us", "An adverse movement in our external credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations" and "Potential intervention by the FCA, the PRA or an overseas regulator may occur, particularly in response to customer complaints", which have been replaced as follows:

Exposure to UK political developments, including the outcome of the UK referendum on membership of the EU, could have a material adverse effect on us

On 23 June 2016, the UK held a referendum on the UK's membership of the European Union (the EU). The result of the referendum's vote was to leave the EU, which creates a number of uncertainties within the UK, and regarding its relationship with the EU.

Although the result does not entail any immediate changes to our current operations and structure, it has caused volatility in the markets, including depreciation of the pound sterling, and is expected to continue to cause economic uncertainty which could adversely affect our results, financial condition and prospects. The terms and timing of the UK's exit from the EU are yet to be confirmed and it is not possible to determine the full impact that the referendum, the UK's exit from the EU and/or any related matters may have on general economic conditions in the UK (including on the performance of the UK housing market and UK banking sector) and, by extension, the impact the exit may have on our results, financial condition and prospects. Further, there is uncertainty as to whether, following exit from the EU, it will be possible for us (and other UK banks) to continue to provide financial services on a cross-border basis within other EU member states. The exit from the EU could also lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations across Europe should EU laws be replaced, in whole or in part, by UK laws on the same (or substantially similar) issues. The negotiation of the UK's exit terms is likely to take a number of years.

The UK political developments described above, along with any further changes in government structure and policies, may lead to further market volatility and changes to the fiscal, monetary and regulatory landscape to which we are subject and could have a negative adverse effect on our financing availability and terms and, more generally, on our results, financial condition and prospects.

An adverse movement in our external credit rating would likely increase our cost of funding, require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts and adversely affect our interest margins and results of operations

Credit ratings can in some instances affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding. Credit rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their credit ratings of our institution and our debt in issue are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and that of the UK economy and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally.

Any downgrade in the external credit ratings assigned to us or any of our debt securities could have an adverse impact on us. In particular, such downgrade in our credit ratings could increase our borrowing costs and could require us to post additional collateral or take other actions under some of our derivative contracts, and could limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our commercial business. For example, a credit rating downgrade could adversely affect our ability to sell or market certain of our products, engage in certain longer-term transactions and derivatives transactions and retain our customers, particularly customers who need a minimum rating threshold in order to invest.

In addition, under the terms of certain of our derivative contracts, we may be required to maintain a minimum credit rating or otherwise our counterparties may be able to terminate such contracts. Any of these results of a credit rating downgrade could, in turn, reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on us, including our operating results, financial condition and prospects. For example, we estimate that as at 31 December 2015, if Fitch, Moody's and Standard & Poor's were concurrently to downgrade the long-term credit ratings of the Company by one notch, and thereby trigger a short-term credit rating downgrade, this could result in an outflow of GBP5.6bn of cash and collateral. A hypothetical two notch downgrade would result in a further outflow of GBP0.4bn of cash and collateral. These outflow requirements are however captured under the LCR regime.

However, while certain potential impacts are contractual and quantifiable, the full consequences of a credit rating downgrade are inherently uncertain, as they depend upon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including market conditions at the time of any downgrade, whether any downgrade of a firm's long-term credit rating precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit rating, and assumptions about the potential behaviours of various customers, investors and counterparties. Actual outflows could be higher or lower than this hypothetical example, depending upon certain factors including any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce cash outflows and the potential liquidity impact from a loss of unsecured funding (such as from money market funds) or loss of secured funding capacity.

Although unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in our stress testing scenarios and a portion of our total liquid assets is held against these risks, it is still the case that a credit rating downgrade could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, if certain counterparties terminated derivative contracts with us and we were unable to replace such contracts, our market risk profile could be altered.

Following the results of the UK referendum on EU membership, S&P Global Ratings and Moody's Investors Service affirmed the long-term credit ratings and changed the ratings outlooks of most major UK banks because of the medium term impact of political and market uncertainty. The Company's long-term debt is currently rated investment grade by the major rating agencies: A1 with stable outlook by Moody's Investors Service, A with negative outlook by S&P Global Ratings and A with positive outlook by Fitch Ratings. If a downgrade of any Santander UK member's long-term credit ratings were to occur, it could also impact the short-term credit ratings of other Santander UK member(s). Should there be any removal of systemic support by the UK Government, all things being equal, the impact on our long-term credit-rating could potentially increase the cost of some of our wholesale borrowing and our ability to secure both long-term and short-term funding may be reduced.

Following the results of the UK referendum on EU membership, the UK's sovereign credit rating was downgraded by Fitch Ratings and S&P Global Ratings, and its outlook changed to negative by Moody's Investors Service. Changes to the UK sovereign credit rating, or the perception that further changes may occur, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition, prospects and the marketability and trading value of our securities. This might also impact on our own credit rating, borrowing costs and our ability to secure funding. Changes to the UK sovereign credit rating, or the perception that further changes may occur, could also have a material effect in depressing consumer confidence, restricting the availability, and increasing the cost, of funding for individuals and companies, further depressing economic activity, increasing unemployment and/or reducing asset prices.

There can be no assurance that the credit rating agencies will maintain our current credit ratings or outlooks. Our failure to maintain favourable credit ratings and outlooks could increase our cost of funding and adversely affect our interest margins, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Potential intervention by the FCA, the PRA, the CMA or an overseas regulator may occur, particularly in response to customer complaints

The PRA and the FCA now have a more outcome-focused regulatory approach than their predecessor the FSA. This involves more proactive intervention, investigation and enforcement, and more punitive penalties for infringement. As a result, we and other PRA and/or FCA-authorised firms face increased supervisory intrusion and scrutiny (resulting in increasing costs including supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of relevant law or regulation, we are likely to face more stringent penalties.

The developing legal and regulatory regime in which we operate requires us to be compliant across all aspects of our business, including the training, authorisation and supervision of personnel, systems, processes and documentation. If we fail to be compliant with relevant law or regulation, there is a risk of an adverse impact on our business from more proactive regulatory intervention (including by any overseas regulator which establishes jurisdiction), investigation and enforcement activity leading to sanctions, fines or other action imposed by or agreed with the regulatory authorities. Customers of financial services institutions, including our customers, may seek redress if they consider that they have suffered loss for example as a result of the mis-selling of a particular product, or through incorrect application of the terms and conditions of a particular product or in connection with a competition law infringement.

In particular, the FCA has operational objectives to protect consumers and to promote competition, and it is taking a more interventionist approach in its increasing scrutiny of product terms and conditions and monitoring compliance with competition law. FSMA (as amended by the Financial Services Act 2012) gives the FCA the power to make temporary product intervention rules either to improve a firm's systems and controls in relation to product design, product management and implementation, or to address problems identified with products which may potentially cause significant detriment to consumers because of certain product features or firms' flawed governance and distribution strategies. Such rules may prevent firms from entering into product agreements with consumers until such problems have been rectified. Since April 2015 the FCA (and the Payment Systems Regulator) obtained concurrent competition law enforcement powers. This is in addition to the CMA and European Commission which continue to have jurisdiction to enforce competition law infringement in the UK. As a result, the UK financial services sector now operates in an environment of heightened competition law scrutiny.

Under the Financial Services Act 2010, the FCA also has the power to impose its own customer redress scheme on authorised firms, including us, if it considers that consumers have suffered loss or damage as a consequence of a regulatory failing, including mis-selling. In recent years there have been several industry-wide issues in which the FSA (now the FCA) has intervened directly. One such issue is the mis-selling of PPI where, following an unsuccessful legal challenge by the British Bankers' Association (BBA) in 2011 of new FSA rules which altered the basis on which regulated firms must consider and deal with complaints in relation to the sale of PPI, Santander UK, along with other institutions, revised its provision for PPI complaint liabilities in 2011 to reflect the change in rules and the consequential increase in claims levels. No additional provisions were made for PPI in 2012 or 2013. In 2014, a total charge of GBP140m, including related costs, was made for conduct remediation. Of this, GBP95m related to PPI. In November 2015, the FCA issued a consultation paper (CP15/39) outlining its proposed approach to PPI in light of the 2014 decision of the Supreme Court in Plevin v Paragon Personal Finance Ltd (Plevin) and its proposal to set a two year deadline for PPI claims. In Plevin, the Supreme Court ruled that a failure to disclose a large commission payment on a single premium PPI policy sold in connection with a secured personal loan made the relationship between the lender and the borrower unfair under section 140A of the Consumer Credit Act 1974. Regarding the two year deadline for PPI claims, the FCA outlined details of a GBP42.2m media campaign, funded by the 18 firms (including us) that have reported the most PPI complaints. The FOS is also currently considering its position with respect to the impact of Plevin on PPI complaints. When assessing the adequacy of our provision, we have applied our interpretation of the proposed rules and guidance in CP15/39 to our current assumptions. This application resulted in an additional GBP450m provision charge in December 2015, which represented our best estimate of the remaining redress and costs at that time, notwithstanding the ongoing nature of the consultation. New legislation was introduced in 2015 which has the effect of restricting the corporation tax deductibility for a large proportion of this cost. This new legislation is further detailed in the Risk factor entitled 'Changes in taxes and other assessments may adversely affect us'. The FCA's consultation period in respect of CP15/39 closed in February 2016. In August 2016, the FCA issued feedback on CP15/39 and commenced a further consultation on amendments to the proposed rules and guidance set out in CP15/39, addressing (amongst other things) the inclusion of profit share in the FCA's proposed approach to the assessment of fairness and redress and the extension of the deadline for making PPI-related complaints to the end of June 2019. This further consultation will close on 11 October 2016. We are considering the impact of these proposed amendments on our PPI complaint liabilities, although it is not possible to determine at this time the nature or extent of that impact.

Given the above, the ultimate financial impact on us of the claims arising from PPI complaints is still uncertain and will depend on a number of factors, including the impact of the Supreme Court's decision in Plevin, the nature and content of the FCA's final rules and/or guidance arising from CP15/39, changes to FOS' approach to handling customer complaints (if any), the rate at which new complaints arise, the length of any complaints, the content and quality of the complaints (including the availability of supporting evidence) and the average uphold rates and redress costs. We can make no assurance that expenses associated with PPI complaints will not exceed the provision made relating to these claims. More generally, we can make no assurance that estimates for potential liabilities, based on the key assumptions used, are correct, and the reserves taken as a result may prove inadequate. If additional expenses that exceed provisions for PPI liabilities or other provisions were to be incurred, these expenses could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects. For further information about the provisions for PPI complaint liabilities and other conduct remediation, see Note 21 to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements and Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2015 Annual Report. The above may be relevant to any future industry-wide mis-selling or other infringement that could affect our businesses. Any such issues may lead from time to time to: (i) significant costs or liabilities; and (ii) changes in the practices of such businesses which benefit customers at a cost to shareholders.

Decisions taken by the FOS could, if applied to a wider class or grouping of customers, have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Designated Consumer Bodies) Order 2013 (the Designated Consumer Bodies Order) was made on 16 December 2013 and came into force on 1 January 2014. The Designated Consumer Bodies Order designates the National Association of Citizens Advice Bureaux, the Consumers' Association, the General Consumer Council for Northern Ireland and the National Federation of Self Employed and Small Businesses as consumer bodies that may submit a 'super-complaint' to the FCA. A 'super-complaint' is a complaint made by any of these designated consumer bodies to the FCA on behalf of consumers of financial services where it considers that a feature, or a combination of features, of the market for financial services in the UK is seriously damaging the interests of these customers. Complaints about damage to the interests of individual consumers will continue to be dealt with by the FOS. If a 'super-complaint' were to be made against a Santander UK group entity by a designated consumer body under the Designated Consumer Bodies Order, any response published or action taken by the FCA could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Given the (i) requirement for compliance with an increasing volume of relevant law and regulation; (ii) more proactive regulatory intervention and enforcement and more punitive sanctions and penalties for infringement; (iii) the inherent unpredictability of litigation; and (iv) the evolution of the jurisdiction of FOS and related impacts, it is possible that related costs or liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Glossary

A glossary of financial services industry terms can be found in the 'Shareholder information' section of the 2015 Annual Report.

Forward-looking statements

The Company and its subsidiaries (together Santander UK) may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements. The Company makes written forward-looking statements in this Half Yearly Financial Report and may also make forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the SEC on Forms 20-F and 6-K, in its offering circulars and prospectuses, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or employees to third parties. Examples of such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 
-  Projections or expectations of revenues, costs, profit (or loss), earnings (or loss) per share, 
    dividends, capital structure or other financial items or ratios 
-  Statements of plans, objectives or goals of Santander UK or its management, including those 
    related to products or services 
-  Statements of future economic performance, and 
-  Statements of assumptions underlying such statements. 
 

Words such as 'believes', 'anticipates', 'expects', 'intends', 'aims', 'plans', 'targets' and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements are not statements of historical or current facts; they cannot be objectively verified, are speculative and involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and risks exist that the predictions, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking statements will not be achieved. Santander UK cautions readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements made by Santander UK or on its behalf. Some of these factors, which could affect Santander UK's business, financial condition and/or results of operations, are considered in detail in the Risk review and the Risk factors section in the Shareholder information section in this report, and they include:

 
-  the ability of Santander UK to recruit, retain and develop appropriate senior management and 
    skilled personnel 
-  the disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets 
-  the effects of UK economic conditions 
-  Santander UK's exposure to UK political developments, including the outcome of the UK referendum 
    on membership of the EU 
-  the extent to which regulatory capital and leverage requirements and any changes to these 
    requirements may limit and adversely affect Santander UK's operations 
-  the extent to which liquidity requirements and any changes to these requirements may limit 
    and adversely affect Santander UK's operations 
-  Santander UK's exposure to UK Government debt 
-  the effects of the ongoing economic and sovereign debt tensions in the eurozone 
-  Santander UK's exposure to risks faced by other financial institutions 
-  Santander UK's ability to access liquidity and funding on acceptable financial terms 
-  the effects of an adverse movement in external credit rating assigned to Santander UK, any 
    Santander UK member or any of their respective debt securities 
-  the effects of fluctuations in interest rates and other market risks 
-  the extent to which Santander UK may be required to record negative fair value adjustments 
    for its financial assets due to changes in market conditions 
-  the risk of failing to successfully implement and continue to improve Santander UK's credit 
    risk management systems 
-  the risks associated with Santander UK's derivative transactions 
-  the extent to which Santander UK may be exposed to operational risks, including risks relating 
    to data and information collection, processing, storage and security 
-  the risk of failing to effectively improve or upgrade Santander UK's information technology 
    infrastructure and management information systems in a timely manner 
-  Santander UK's exposure to unidentified or unanticipated risks despite its risk management 
    policies, procedures and methods 
-  the effects of competition with other financial institutions 
-  the various risks facing Santander UK as it expands its range of products and services (e.g. 
    risk of new products and services not being responsive to customer demands or successful, 
    risk of changing customer needs) 
-  Santander UK's ability to control the level of non-performing or poor credit quality loans 
    and whether Santander UK's loan loss reserves are sufficient to cover loan losses 
-  the extent to which Santander UK's loan portfolio is subject to prepayment risk 
-  the risk that the value of the collateral, including real estate, securing Santander UK's 
    loans may not be sufficient and Santander UK may be unable to realise the full value of the 
    collateral securing its loan portfolio 
-  the ability of Santander UK to realise the anticipated benefits of its organic growth or business 
    combinations and the exposure, if any, of Santander UK to any unknown liabilities or goodwill 
    impairments relating to acquired businesses 
-  the effects of the financial services laws, regulations, governmental oversight, administrative 
    actions and policies and any changes thereto in each location or market in which Santander 
    UK operates 
-  Santander UK's exposure to any potential uncertainly and changes to the UK regulatory regime 
    as a result of the reform and reorganisation of the UK financial regulatory authorities and 
    the UK regulatory framework 
-  the effects of any new reforms to the UK mortgage lending and the personal loans market 
-  Santander UK's exposure to any risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings 
-  the power of the FCA, the PRA, the CMA or an overseas regulator to potentially intervene in 
    response to e.g. attempts by customers to seek redress from financial service institutions, 
    including Santander UK, in case of industry-wide issues 
-  the effects which the Banking Act 2009 may have on Santander UK's business and the value of 
    securities issued 
-  the effects which the bail-in and write down powers under the Banking Act 2009 and the BRRD 
    may have on Santander UK's business and the value of securities issued 
-  the extent to which members of Santander UK may be responsible for contributing to compensation 
    schemes in the UK in respect of banks and other authorised financial services firms that are 
    unable to meet their obligations to customers 
-  the risk of third parties using Santander UK as a conduit for illegal or improper activities 
    without Santander UK's knowledge 
-  the effects of taxation requirements and other assessments and any changes thereto in each 
    location in which Santander UK operates 
-  the effects of any changes in the pension liabilities and obligations of Santander UK 
-  the effects of any changes to the reputation of Santander UK, any Santander UK member or any 
    affiliate operating under the Santander UK brands 
-  the basis of the preparation of the Company's and Santander UK's financial statements and 
    information available about Santander UK, including the extent to which assumptions and estimates 
    made during such preparation are accurate 
-  the extent to which disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting may not prevent 
    or detect all errors or acts of fraud 
-   the extent to which changes in accounting standards could impact Santander UK's reported 
     earnings 
-  the extent to which Santander UK relies on third parties for important infrastructure support, 
    products and services 
-  the possibility of risk arising in the future in relation to transactions between the Company 
    and its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates 
-  the extent to which different disclosure and accounting principles between the UK and the 
    US may provide you with different or less information about us than you expected 
-  the risk associated with enforcement of judgments in the US and 
-  Santander UK's success at managing the risks to which it is exposed, including the items above. 
 

Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements when making decisions with respect to any Santander UK member and/or its securities. Investors and others should take into account the inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-looking statements and should carefully consider the foregoing non-exhaustive list of important factors. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and are based on the knowledge, information available and views taken on the date on which they are made; such knowledge, information and views may change at any time. Santander UK does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Selected financial data

 
                                                  30 June 2016  31 December 2015 
                                                             %                 % 
Capital ratios: 
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital ratio                11.2              11.6 
Total capital ratio                                       17.9              18.2 
Equity to assets ratio(1)                                 4.73              4.68 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:(2) 
- Excluding interest on retail deposits                    305               218 
- Including interest on retail deposits                    171               143 
 
Profitability ratios: 
Return on assets(3)                                       0.53              0.34 
Return on ordinary shareholders' equity(4)                10.7               7.0 
Dividend payout ratio(5)                                   n/a                51 
 
 

(1) Average ordinary shareholders' equity divided by average total assets. Average balances are based on monthly data.

(2) For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of profit from continuing operations before tax and before adjustment for non-controlling interests plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including the amortisation of discounts and premiums on debt securities in issue and related capitalised expenses and including or excluding interest on retail deposit as appropriate.

(3) Profit after tax divided by average total assets. Average balances are based on monthly data.

(4) Profit after tax divided by average ordinary shareholders' equity.

(5) Ordinary equity dividends approved divided by profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent.

This information is provided by RNS

The company news service from the London Stock Exchange

END

IR AKPDBBBKBBFD

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

August 16, 2016 02:45 ET (06:45 GMT)

Sant Uk.10te% (LSE:SAN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2024 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Sant Uk.10te% Charts.
Sant Uk.10te% (LSE:SAN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Apr 2023 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Sant Uk.10te% Charts.